Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutC2024-240 - 12/3/2024 - ApprovedES CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONFORE SET 77/7g FOR CONSTRUCTION OF Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure PROJECT NUMBER:23041 c (913 COMA RINSRM oAP0R 1852 Levy Dykema 807 N. Broadway, Suite 101 Corpus Christi, TX 78401 (361) 882-8171 09/26/2024 Record Drawing Number: CP-290 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 0 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS Note to Specifier: Verify that the Table of Contents includes all Specification Sections and Appendices that are part of the Contract Documents. Division / Section Title Division 00 Preface Documents 00 00 00 Cover Sheet 00 0100 Table of Contents 00 0102 List of Drawings Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 52 23 Agreement (Rev 12-2021) 00 72 00 General Conditions (Rev 6-2021) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions (Rev 3-2023) Division 01 General Requirements 01 1100 Summary of Work (Rev 10-2018) 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances (Rev 5-2020) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment (Revs-2o2o) 01 33 01 Submittal Register (Rev 10-2018) 01 35 00 Special Procedures (Rev 10-2018) 01 45 00 Windstorm Construction Requirements 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls (Revs-2019) 01 57 00 Temporary Controls (Revd-2019) Part T Technical Specifications 02 41 19 Selective Demolition 03 0100 Maintenance of Concrete 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing Table of Contents Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 09/27/2024 000100 -1 Rev 1/2022 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, Division / Section Title 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete 13 31 23 Pre -Engineered Shade Structures 26 01 00 Electrical General Provisions 26 06 00 Grounding 26 07 50 Electrical Identification 26 12 30 Wire and Cable 26 13 60 Raceways 26 14 00 Wiring Devices 26 5100 Luminaires MEP Reports Exterior Lighting Compliance Certificate/Commissioning Report/Eng. Energy Review Appendix All Testing Reports as Applicable 1 Geotechnical Report END OF SECTION Table of Contents Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 000100-2 Rev 1/2022 Act:0 R �® �V�CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE as DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) 12/11/2024 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Higginbotham Insurance Agency, Inc. PO Box 870 Corpus Christi TX 78403 CONTACT Lassie Ramirez PHONE FAX (AIL No. Extl: 361-561-4221 (A/C, No): 361-561-4221 ADDRESS: cramirez@higginbotham.net INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: Texas Mutual Insurance Company 22945 INSURED GOURCON-01 Gourley Contractors LLC 4921 Ambassador Row Corpus Christi TX 78416 INSURER B : Westchester Surplus Lines Ins Co 10172 INSURER C: Infinity County Mutual Insurance Company 13820 INSURERD: Associated Industries Insurance Company, Inc. 23140 INSURER E : INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 1133564874 REVISION NUM THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTRINSD TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MM/DD/YYYY) POLICY EXP (MM!DD/YYYY) LIMITS D X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY AES123745001 9/20/2024 9/20/2025 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000DAMAGE RETED PREMISESO(Ea occurrence) $100,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ 0 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE X LIMIT APPLIES PRO- JECT PER: LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 $ C AUTOMOBILE X LIABILITY ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY 542860083661001 9/20/2024 9/20/2025 COMBaccideINEDnt) SINGLE LIMIT (Ea $ 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ $ D X UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X O OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE EXA123608001 9/20/2024 9/20/2025 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 $ DED RETENTION $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBEREXCLUDED? (Mandatory In NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Y / N N/A 0001187153 1/15/2024 1/15/2025 X STATUTE OTH- ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 B Contractors Pollution G28332464004 12/17/2023 12/17/2024 Aggregate Deductible 5,000,000 5,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS 1 LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) See Attached... CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Corpus Christi 1201 Leopard St. Corpus Christi TX 78401 1 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED PRESENTATIVE (� ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: GOURCON-01 OR ACD LOC #: ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page 1 of AGENCY Higginbotham Insurance Agency, Inc. NAMED INSURED Gourley Contractors LLC 4921 Ambassador Row Corpus Christi TX 78416 POLICY NUMBER CARRIER NAIC CODE EFFECTIVE DATE: ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE The General Liability policy includes a blanket automatic additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder only when there is a written insured contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires such status per CG2010 07/04 Additional Insured - Owners, Lessees or Contractors - Scheduled Person or Organization & CG2037 07/04 Additional Insured - Owners, Lessees or Contractors - Completed Operations The General Liability policy includes a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires it per CG2404 05/09 Waiver of Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others to Us The General Liability includes a primary & non-contributory provision only when there is a written contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires such provision per NXGL009 08/09 Primary and Non -Contributing Insurance The General Liability policy includes a Blanket 30 DNOC per AESGL226 04/18 Notice of Cancellation - Designated Entity - Blanket 30 DNOC The Auto policy includes a blanket automatic additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder only when there is a written insured contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires such status per 500BAE01 Blanket Additional Insured Endorsement The Auto policy includes a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires it per 500BWS01 Blanket Waiver of Subrogation Endorsement The Workers Compensation policy includes a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation that provides this feature only when there is a written insured contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires such status WC420304B The Excess policy follows form Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation Endorsements provided by underlying insurance (Employers Liability, General Liability and Auto Liability) - Form AESCX036 07/20 Project: Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure Project No. 23041 Contract No. 6156 ACORD 101 (2008/01) © 2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO. 101303953 Contractor as Principal Name: Gourley Contractors, LLC Mailing address (principal place of business): 4921 Ambassador Row Corpus Christi, TX 78416 Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street, 3`d Floor Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Contract Project name and number: Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure Project No. 23041 Contract No. 6156 Award Date of the Contract: December 6th, 2024 Contract Price: $689,934.28 Surety Name: Merchants National Bonding, Inc. Mailing address (principal place of business): P.O. BOX 14498 Des Moines IA 50306-3498 Physical address (principal place of business): 6700 Westown Parkway West Des Moines IA 50266 Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: Iowa By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number): (800) 678-8171 Telephone (for notice of claim): 1-800-678-8171 Bond Date of Bond: December 10th, 2024 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of the Contract) Local Agent for Surety Name: Address: 500 N. Shoreline Blvd., 325 Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Higginbotham Ins. Agency Telephone: 361-561-4236 E-Mail Address: tbalolong@higginbotham.net The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll free number: 1-800-252-3439 Performance Bond Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure Project Name and Number Project No. 23041 Contract No. 6156 006113-1 Rev 5/2024 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work through the Warranty Period required by the Contract Documents then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. The Contract Documents between Owner and Contractor is incorporated by reference into this Statutory Performance Bond, pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. If Contractor does not faithfully construct and complete said Work through the Warranty Period under its contract with Owner, and Owner invokes its contractual rights and declares Contractor in default, Surety shall promptly remedy the default, and at Owner's sole option, Surety shall: 1. Within a reasonable time (but not later than 30 days after Surety receives written notice of Contractor's default), with written notice to Owner, step into and assume the role, all rights and all obligations of the defaulting Contractor under the Contract Documents. Upon assumption of this role, Surety directly shall contract with a Completion Contractor hired/engaged by Surety to complete the Work. The selection of the Completion Contractor must be approved in writing by Owner. Surety shall be responsible for any and all costs incurred, up to the Bond Sum, to complete the Work; or 2. In the event Surety fails to contract with a Completion Contractor within 90 days of receipt of Owner's written notice of Default, Owner may, at Owner's sole discretion, select a Completion Contractor in accordance with Texas law to complete the Work. In this event, Surety shall pay Owner any and all costs, up to the Bond Sum, for Owner's selected Completion Contractor to complete the Work; or 3. At Owner's sole discretion, Surety shall pay Owner the estimated amount for Owner to execute a Project Completion Contract with a Completion Contractor, selected by Owner in accordance with Texas Law, solely to complete the Work. Surety shall pay Owner any and all costs, up to the Bond Sum, for Owner -selected Completion Contractor to complete the Work. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Surety agrees to be bound by the mediation clause in Article 22 of the Contract Documents between Owner and Contractor, said Contract Documents incorporated by reference in this Bond. Contractor as Priipal Gourley Signature: Name: Title: Email Address: Jamesg@gourleycontracting.com Surety Merchanational Bonding, Inc. Signature: j , Name: T is Balolong Title: Attorney in Fact Email Address: tbalolong@higginbotham.net (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Performance Bond Project Name and Number Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 1 Project No. 23041 Contract No. 6156 006113-2 Rev 5/2024 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO. 101303953 Contractor as Principal Name: Gourley Contractors, LLC Mailing address (principal place of business): 4921 Ambassador Row Corpus Christi, TX 78416 Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Contract Project name and number: Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure Project No. 23041 Contract No. 6156 Award Date of the Contract: December 6th, 2024 Contract Price: $689,934.28 Bond Date of Bond: December 10th, 2024 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of Contract) Surety Name: Merchants National Bonding, Inc. Mailing address (principal place of business): P.O. BOX 14498 Des Moines IA 50306-3498 Physical address (principal place of business): 6700 Westown Parkway West Des Moines IA 50266 Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: Iowa By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number): (800) 678-8171 Telephone (for notice of claim): 1-800-678-8171 Local Agent for Surety Name: Higginbotham Ins. Agency Address: 500 N. Shoreline Blvd., 325 Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Telephone: 361-561-4236 E-Mail Address: tbalolong@higginbotham.net The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll free number: 1-800-252-3439 Payment Bond Project Name and Number Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 1 Project No. 23041 Contract No. 6156 00 61 16 - 1 Rev. 5/2024 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract Documents then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. r. Contractor as Principal Gourley Contr. :rs, LLC Signature: Name: Title: Email Address: Jamesg@gourleycontracting.com Surety Merchants Signature: Name: Title: do al Bonding, Inc • V Tricia Balolong Attorney in Fact Email Address: tbalolong@higginbotham.net (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Payment Bond Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure Project Name and Number Project No. 23041 Contract No. 6156 006116-2 Rev. 5/2024 MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY,. MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC. • P.O. BOX 14498 • DES MOINES, IOWA 50306-3498 PHONE: (800) 678-8171 • FAX: (515) 243-3854 ADDENDUM TO BOND This Addendum is in reference to the bond(s) to which it is attached. Merchants National Bonding, Inc. ("Merchants") deems the digital or electronic image of Merchants' corporate seal below affixed to the bond(s) to the same extent as if a raised corporate seal was physically stamped or impressed upon the bond(s). The digital or electronic seal below shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed to the bond(s). All terms of the bond(s) remain the same. Signed and effective March 23, 2020. MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC. m.• tip0R.4) o2': v': 2003 :' • • By: Larry Taylor, P esident MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY,. POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., both being corporations of the State of Iowa, d/b/a Merchants National Indemnity Company (in California only) (herein collectively called the "Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint, individually, Aaron Endris; Ben D Smith; Brian E Lewis; Jeffrey P Pratt; Norma Camarillo; Theresa Miller; Tricia Balolong their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. This Power -of -Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and April 27, 2024 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding, Inc., on October 16, 2015 and amended on April 27, 2024. "The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys -in -Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof." "The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and aut hority hereby given to the Attorney -in -Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenti ng to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney -in -Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner - Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation. In Witness Whereof, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 29th day of July ' 2024 Fhtq�pRP q•�O'; G -o- v a� = 2003 • 4 STATE OF IOWA °'•`;;,.,%,,,,,n COUNTY OF DALLAS ss. •• � 0.. o•RP09 .01s• • :ry-:= -0- o•• • x;` : 3. • Q • 1933 ; ••; By y u ` .. MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC. d/b/a MERCHANTS NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY President On this 29th day of July 2024 before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies; and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. �PR 'A4d' Penni Miller Z Q�• �p • Commission Number 787952 • Vai• • My Commission Expires IOWA January 20, 2027 Notary Public (Expiration of notary's commission does not invalidate this instrument) 1, Elisabeth Sandersfeld, Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER -OF -ATTORNEY executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this 10th day of December , 2024 . Secretary POA 0018 (6/24) MERCHANT•�� BONDING COMPANY, MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) P.O. BOX 14498, DES MOINES, IOWA 50306-3498 PHONE: (800) 678-8171 FAX: (515) 243-3854 IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact your insurance agent at the telephone number provided by your insurance agent. You may call Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) toll -free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-678-8171 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P. O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Web: www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov PREMIUM AND CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. SUP 0032 TX (2/15) 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on December 3, 2024, is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and Gourley Contractors, LLC (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1— WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 ARTICLE 2 — DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Levy Dykema 807 N Upper Broadway Corpus Christi, Texas, 78401 rgarcia@levydykema.com 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Joseph Johnson, Assistant Director, Construction Management 4917 Holly Road, Building 5 Corpus Christi, Texas, 78411 josephj2@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 150 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 180 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. Agreement Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 005223-1 Rev 12/2021 C. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each, are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner $400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 — CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ 689,934.28 Agreement Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 005223-2 Rev 12/2021 ARTICLE 5 — PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.B, less the total of payments previously made and less set -offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6 — INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Agreement Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 005223-3 Rev 12/2021 C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site -related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Agreement Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 005223-4 Rev 12/2021 L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8 — ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. Agreement Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 005223-5 Rev 12/2021 ARTICLE 10 — CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES ATTEST stepku-tie- Sax Rebecca Huerta City Secretary 01/16/2025 APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: Assistant City Attorney 12/23/2024 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E 12/23/2024 Director of Engineering Services M2024-178 AUTHORIZED BY COUNCIL 12/3/2024 RH/SB ATTEST (IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR Gourley Contractors, LLC (Seal Below) By Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Jaws Goi Gey Title: Vice President 4921 Ambassador Address Row Corpus Christi Texas 78416 City 361-883-3766 State Zip Phone Fax Jamesg@gourleycontracting.com EMail END OF SECTION Agreement Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 005223-6 Rev 12/2021 CIVCAS RFB 6156 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 Report Created On: 11/13/2024 9:06:40 PM BID TOTALS BASE BID Total General $60,418.00 General Demolition $25,466.00 Concrete $60,022.00 Special Construction $308,774.00 Electrical $103,208.28 Exterior Improvements $6,215.00 Allowances $74,276.00 Total $638,379.28 ALTERNATE 1 Total Additive Alternate No. 1 $51,555.00 Total $51,555.00 General No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price 1 Mobilization LS 1 $15,959.00 $15,959.00 2 General Requirements LS 1 $44,459.00 $44,459.00 Subtotal: $60,418.00 General Demolition No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price 3 General Demolition LS 1 $25,466.00 $25,466.00 Subtotal: $25,466.00 Concrete No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price 4 Cast -In -Place Concrete LS 1 $36,010.00 $36,010.00 5 Architectural Concrete LS 1 $24,012.00 $24,012.00 Subtotal: $60,022.00 CIVCAST RFB 6156 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 Report Created On: 11/13/2024 9:06:40 PM Special Construction No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price 6 Pre -Engineered Shade Structure LS 1 $308,774.00 $308,774.00 Subtotal: $308,774.00 Electrical No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price 7 Miscellaneous Electrical Materials LS 1 $29,391.00 $29,391.00 8 Luminaires (White Light) EA 32 $2,306.79 $73,817.28 Subtotal: $103,208.28 Exterior Improvements No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price 9 Unit Paving LS 1 $6,215.00 $6,215.00 Subtotal: $6,215.00 Allowances No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price 10 Bonds and Insurance LS 1 $23,276.00 $23,276.00 11 Unforeseen Conditions LS 1 $51,000.00 $51,000.00 Subtotal: $74,276.00 Additive Alternate No. 1 No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price 12 Luminaires and Controls (RGBW Light) EA 32 $1,010.00 $32,320.00 13 Lighting Control (RGBW) LS 1 $4,750.00 $4,750.00 14 Control Wiring LS 1 $2,376.00 $2,376.00 15 In -Grade Box LS 1 $8,547.00 $8,547.00 16 DMX Boxes LS 1 $3,562.00 $3,562.00 Subtotal: $51,555.00 CIVCAS 1 RFB 6156 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 Report Created On: 11/13/2024 9:06:40 PM ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA NAME ACKNOWLEDGEMENT DATE Addendum No. 1 11/11/2024 18:42:13 PM Addenda No. 2 11/11/2024 18:42:14 PM Addenda No. 3 11/11/202418:42:15 PM CIVCAS 1 RFB 6156 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 Report Created On: 11/13/2024 9:06:40 PM REQUIRED DOWNLOADS TYPE NAME DOWNLOAD DATE Plans Plans/Drawings 10/15/2024 9:04:37 AM Invitation To Bid Invitation to Bid RFB 6156 10/15/2024 9:04:37 AM Addenda Addendum No. 1 10/25/2024 7:34:21 AM Addenda Addenda No. 2 10/29/2024 11:27:13 AM Addenda Addenda No. 3 11 /7/202411:39:32 AM BID FORM Project Name: Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure Project Number: 23041 Owner: City of Corpus Christi OAR: Joseph Johnson, Assistant Director of Construction Designer: Levy Dykema By its signature of all Addenda Contract Documents Bidder: Signature: Name: Title: Attest: State of Residency: Federal Tax ID Address for Notices: Phone: 361.883.3766 below, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Bid Acknowledgement, acknowledges receipt to the Bid and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into a Contract with the Owner and complete the Work in accordance with the for the Bid price. Gourley Contractors LLC (full legal name of Bidder) -e-....t--- (signature of person with authority to bind the Bidder) James Gourley (printed name of person signing Bid Form) Vice President (title of person signing Bid Form) (signature) Texas No. 20-3122746 4921 Ambassador Row Corpus Christi TX 78416 Email: lamesg@gourlevcontracting.com ; shilliard@gourlevcontracting.com Bid Form Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Page 1 of 3 Rev 8/2019 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONFORE SET 77/7g FOR CONSTRUCTION OF Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure PROJECT NUMBER:23041 c (913 COMA RINSRM oAP0R 1852 Levy Dykema 807 N. Broadway, Suite 101 Corpus Christi, TX 78401 (361) 882-8171 09/26/2024 Record Drawing Number: CP-290 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 0 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS Note to Specifier: Verify that the Table of Contents includes all Specification Sections and Appendices that are part of the Contract Documents. Division / Section Title Division 00 Preface Documents 00 00 00 Cover Sheet 00 0100 Table of Contents 00 0102 List of Drawings Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 52 23 Agreement (Rev 12-2021) 00 72 00 General Conditions (Rev 6-2021) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions (Rev 3-2023) Division 01 General Requirements 01 1100 Summary of Work (Rev 10-2018) 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances (Rev 5-2020) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment (Revs-2o2o) 01 33 01 Submittal Register (Rev 10-2018) 01 35 00 Special Procedures (Rev 10-2018) 01 45 00 Windstorm Construction Requirements 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls (Revs-2019) 01 57 00 Temporary Controls (Revd-2019) Part T Technical Specifications 02 41 19 Selective Demolition 03 0100 Maintenance of Concrete 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing Table of Contents Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 09/27/2024 000100 -1 Rev 1/2022 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, Division / Section Title 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete 13 31 23 Pre -Engineered Shade Structures 26 01 00 Electrical General Provisions 26 06 00 Grounding 26 07 50 Electrical Identification 26 12 30 Wire and Cable 26 13 60 Raceways 26 14 00 Wiring Devices 26 5100 Luminaires MEP Reports Exterior Lighting Compliance Certificate/Commissioning Report/Eng. Energy Review Appendix All Testing Reports as Applicable 1 Geotechnical Report END OF SECTION Table of Contents Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 000100-2 Rev 1/2022 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 00 0102 LIST OF DRAWINGS SHEET NO. DESCRIPTION CONSULTANT SHEET NO. GENERAL 1. TITLE, INDEX AND LOCATION MAP G-001 2. GENERAL INFORMATION & GENERAL NOTES G-002 ARCHITECTURAL 3. DEMOLITION SITE PLAN AD-101 4. SITE PLAN AS-101 5. FLOOR PLAN AND ELEVATIONS AS-102 6. FINISH OPTIONS A-131 ELECTRICAL 7. ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS E001 8. ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS E002 9. ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN -WHITE LIGHTING ONLY E100 10. ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E101 11. ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE, SCHEDULES & CONTROL DIAGRAM E200 12. EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE CABINET DETAILS E201 13. COMMUNICATIONS SITE PLAN T001 List of Drawings 00 0102 - 1 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 CONFORMED 7/79 20D SET 2 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on [insert Award Date], is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1— WORK (Contractor). 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 ARTICLE 2 — DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Levy Dykema 807 N Upper Broadway Corpus Christi, Texas, 78401 rgarcia@levydykema.com 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Joseph Johnson, Assistant Director, Construction Management 4917 Holly Road, Building 5 Corpus Christi, Texas, 78411 josephj2@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 150 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 180 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. Agreement Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 005223-1 Rev 12/2021 C. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each, are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner $400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 — CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ Agreement Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 005223-2 Rev 12/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, ARTICLE 5 — PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.B, less the total of payments previously made and less set -offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6 — INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Agreement Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 005223-3 Rev 12/2021 C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site -related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Agreement Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 005223-4 Rev 12/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D S2EA, L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8 — ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 — CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Rebecca Huerta City Secretary Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E Director of Engineering Services Agreement Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 005223-5 Rev 12/2021 APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL Assistant City Attorney CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, AUTHORIZED ATTEST (IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Title: Address City State Zip Phone Fax EMail END OF SECTION Agreement Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 005223-6 Rev 12/2021 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, Page Article 1— Definitions and Terminology 10 1.01 Defined Terms 10 1.02 Terminology 15 Article 2 — Preliminary Matters 16 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance 16 2.02 Copies of Documents 16 2.03 Project Management System 16 2.04 Before Starting Construction 17 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives 17 Article 3 — Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse 17 3.01 Intent 17 3.02 Reference Standards 18 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 19 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents 20 3.05 Reuse of Documents 20 Article 4 — Commencement and Progress of the Work 20 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed 20 4.02 Starting the Work 20 4.03 Progress Schedule 21 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress 21 Article 5 —Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions 22 5.01 Availability of Lands 22 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas 22 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 23 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions 24 5.05 Underground Facilities 25 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site 26 Article 6 — Bonds and Insurance 28 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds 28 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-1 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 6.02 Licensed Sureties 29 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage 29 6.04 General Insurance Provisions 29 6.05 Contractor's Insurance 30 6.06 Property Insurance 33 6.07 Waiver of Rights 34 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project 34 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance 35 6.10 Certificate of Insurance 35 6.11 Insurance Policies 35 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage 35 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance 35 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice 36 Article 7 - Contractor's Responsibilities 38 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence 38 7.02 Labor; Working Hours 38 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment 39 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 39 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties 40 7.06 Permits 41 7.07 Taxes 41 7.08 Laws and Regulations 41 7.09 Safety and Protection 42 7.10 Safety Representative 43 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs 43 7.12 Emergencies 43 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee 43 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION 44 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services 45 Article 8 - Other Work at the Site 46 8.01 Other Work 46 8.02 Coordination 47 8.03 Legal Relationships 47 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-2 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D S2EA, Article 9 — Owner's and OPT's Responsibilities 48 9.01 Communications to Contractor 48 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members 48 9.03 Furnish Data 48 9.04 Pay When Due 48 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests 48 9.06 Insurance 48 9.07 Modifications 48 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals 48 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities 48 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition 49 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program 49 Article 10 — OAR's and Designer's Status During Construction 49 10.01 Owner's Representative 49 10.02 Visits to Site 49 10.03 Resident Project Representatives 49 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work 49 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments 50 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work 50 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities 50 Article 11— Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work 50 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents 50 11.02 Owner -Authorized Changes in the Work 51 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work 51 11.04 Change of Contract Price 52 11.05 Change of Contract Times 52 11.06 Change Proposals 52 11.07 Execution of Change Orders 53 11.08 Notice to Surety 54 Article 12 — Change Management 54 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal 54 12.02 Change Proposals 54 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification 55 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-3 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 12.04 Substitutions 55 Article 13 — Claims 56 13.01 Claims 56 13.02 Claims Process 57 Article 14 — Prevailing Wage Rate Requirements 58 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates 58 14.02 Records 58 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense 59 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates 59 Article 15 — Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work 59 15.01 Cost of the Work 59 15.02 Allowances 63 15.03 Unit Price Work 63 15.04 Contingencies 64 Article 16—Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work 65 16.01 Access to Work 65 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals 65 16.03 Defective Work 65 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work 66 16.05 Uncovering Work 66 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work 67 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work 67 Article 17 — Payments to Contractor; Set -Offs; Completion; Correction Period 67 17.01 Progress Payments 67 17.02 Application for Payment 69 17.03 Schedule of Values 71 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value 72 17.05 Basis for Payments 73 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment 73 17.07 Retainage and Set -Offs 74 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment 74 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative 75 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title 76 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-4 Rev 6/2021 CONFpR 77/79 202D SEA, 17.11 Substantial Completion 76 17.12 Partial Utilization 77 17.13 Final Inspection 77 17.14 Final Application for Payment 77 17.15 Final Payment 78 17.16 Waiver of Claims 78 17.17 Correction Period 78 Article 18 - Suspension of Work and Termination 79 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work 79 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause 79 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience 80 Article 19 - Project Management 81 19.01 Work Included 81 19.02 Quality Assurance 81 19.03 Document Submittal 81 19.04 Required Permits 81 19.05 Safety Requirements 82 19.06 Access to the Site 82 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site 82 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities 83 19.09 Pre -Construction Exploratory Excavations 83 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations 84 19.11 Field Measurements 84 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points 84 19.13 Delivery and Storage 85 19.14 Cleaning During Construction 86 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access 86 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control 87 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires 87 19.18 Blasting 87 19.19 Archeological Requirements 87 19.20 Endangered Species Resources 88 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies 88 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-5 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, Article 20 — Project Coordination 88 20.01 Work Included 88 20.02 Document Submittal 88 20.03 Communication During Project 89 20.04 Project Meetings 89 20.05 Requests for Information 91 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log 91 20.07 Notification By Contractor 92 20.08 Record Documents 92 Article 21— Quality Management 94 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities 94 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT 95 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports 96 21.04 Documentation 96 21.05 Standards 97 21.06 Delivery and Storage 97 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects 97 21.08 Test Reports 97 21.09 Defective Work 98 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory 98 21.11 Quality Control Plan 98 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan 100 Article 22 — Final Resolution of Disputes 101 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations 101 22.02 Mediation 101 Article 23 — Minority/MBE/DBE Participation Policy 102 23.01 Policy 102 23.02 Definitions 102 23.03 Goals 103 23.04 Compliance 104 Article 24— Document Management 104 24.01 Work Included 104 24.02 Quality Assurance 104 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-6 Rev 6/2021 CONFpR 7 7/79 20D S2EA, 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities 104 24.04 Document Submittal 105 24.05 Document Numbering 105 24.06 Document Requirements 106 Article 25 — Shop Drawings 107 25.01 Work Included 107 25.02 Quality Assurance 107 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities 107 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements 109 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports 109 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees 110 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures 110 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures 112 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products 113 25.10 Requests for Deviation 113 25.11 Designer Responsibilities 114 25.12 Resubmission Requirements 116 Article 26 — Record Data 117 26.01 Work Included 117 26.02 Quality Assurance 117 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities 117 26.04 Record Data Requirements 118 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports 118 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees 119 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures 119 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities 120 Article 27 — Construction Progress Schedule 121 27.01 Requirements 121 27.02 Document Submittal 121 27.03 Schedule Requirements 121 27.04 Schedule Revisions 123 27.05 Float Time 123 Article 28 — Video and Photographic documentation 124 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-7 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 28.01 Work Included 124 28.02 Quality Assurance 124 28.03 Document Submittal 124 28.04 Photographs 125 28.05 Video Recording 125 Article 29 - Execution and Closeout 125 29.01 Substantial Completion 125 29.02 Final Inspections 126 29.03 Reinspection Fees 126 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal 127 29.05 Transfer of Utilities 127 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements 127 Article 30 - Miscellaneous 128 30.01 Computation of Times 128 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records 128 30.03 Independent Contractor 129 30.04 Cumulative Remedies 129 30.05 Limitation of Damages 129 30.06 No Waiver 129 30.07 Severability 129 30.08 Survival of Obligations 130 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries 130 30.10 Assignment of Contract 130 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity 130 30.12 Controlling Law 130 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue 130 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury 130 30.15 Attorney Fees 130 30.16 Compliance with Laws 131 30.17 Enforcement 131 30.18 Subject to Appropriation 131 30.19 Contract Sum 131 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy 131 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-8 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 30.21 Notices. 131 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-9 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Terms with initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, have the meanings indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution - The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date —The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi (City) authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid — The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Documents. 7. Bidding Documents — The solicitation documents, the proposed Contract Documents and Addenda. 8. Bidder — An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 10. Change Order - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract, which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. 11. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 12. City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or designee as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-10 Rev 6/2021 13. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. Claims must be initiated by written notice, signed and sworn to be an authorized corporate officer, verifying the truth and accuracy of the Claim. 14. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5101 et seq.; c. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g• Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 15. Contract - The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 16. Contract Amendment - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract but does not make changes in the Work. 17. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 18. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications, and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any, that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 19. Contract Times - The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and c. Complete the Work. 20. Contractor - The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-11 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, 21. Contractor's Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 22. Cost of the Work - The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 15. 23. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR's recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion 24. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers, Registered Architects or Registered Landscape Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 25. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 26. Effective Date of the Contract - The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 27. Field Order - A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 28. Hazardous Environmental Condition - The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. 29. Indemnified Costs - All costs, losses, damages, and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 30. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations - Applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 31. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-12 Rev 6/2021 32. Milestone - A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 33. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; c. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 34. Notice of Award - The notice of Owner's intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 35. Notice to Proceed - A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 36. Owner - The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home -rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and designee, the City Engineer (the Director of Engineering Services), and the City's officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 37. Owner's Authorized Representative or OAR - The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 38. Owner's Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner's Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 39. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 40. Progress Schedule - A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. The Progress Schedule must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule. 41. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 42. Project Manual — That portion of the Contract Documents that may include the following: introductory information, solicitation requirements and responses, proposal, Contract forms and General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, Specification, Drawings, Project Safety Manual and Addenda. 43. Resident Project Representative or RPR - The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-13 Rev 6/2021 44. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 45. Schedule of Documents - A schedule of required documents, prepared and maintained by Contractor. 46. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor's Applications for Payment. 47. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 48. Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights -of -way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 49. Specifications - The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 50. Subcontractor - An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 51. Substantial Completion - The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 52. Supplementary Conditions - The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 53. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 54. Technical Data -Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or c. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 55. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 56. Unit Price Work - Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-14 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, 57. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 58. Work Change Directive - A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to "at no additional cost to Owner," "at Contractor's expense," or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms "day" or "calendar day" mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed," or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. E. The use of the words "furnish," "install," "perform," and "provide" have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-15 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, equipment, but do not expressly use the words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide." F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word "all" is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words "furnish," "install," "perform," "provide," or similar words include the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor shall..." before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT's project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2 — PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement (either electronic or printed) and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Project Management System A. Owner shall administer its design and construction management through an internet-based project management system known as e-Builder. B. Contractor shall conduct all communication through and perform all project -related functions utilizing this project management system. This includes all correspondence, General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-16 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D S2EA, submittals, requests for information, payment requests and processing, contract amendments, change orders, delivery orders and other administrative activities. C. Owner shall administer the software and provide training to Contractor's Team. 2.04 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule, which must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract, Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; c. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-17 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. 5. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations, whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-18 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. The exactness of existing grades, elevations, dimensions or locations given on any Drawings issued by Designer, or the work installed by other contractors, is not guaranteed by Owner. Contractor shall, therefore, satisfy itself as to the accuracy of all grades, elevations, dimensions and locations. Any errors due to Contractor's failure to verify at the site all such grades, elevations, dimensions or locations relating to such existing or other work shall be rectified by Contractor without any additional cost to Owner. 3. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; c. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 4. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-19 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 5. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 6. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non -technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer's or OAR's interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor's Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4 — COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-20 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process. 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress A. No Damages for Delay: Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except in the case of direct interference with means and methods by the Owner. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any compensation or recovery of any special damages in connection with any delays, including without limitation: consequential damages, lost opportunity costs, impact damages, or other similar damages. Owner's exercise of any of its rights or remedies under the Contract Documents (including without limitation ordering changes in the Work, or directing suspension, rescheduling, or correction of the Work), regardless of the extent or frequency of Owner's exercise of such rights or remedies, shall not be construed as active interference in the Contractor's performance of the Work. An extension of Contract Time, to the extent permitted, shall be the sole remedy of the Contractor for any acknowledged delays. Contractor agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor's Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor's performance or progress is delayed, disrupted or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site; 3. Acts of war or terrorism; and 4. Rain days in excess of the number specified in a calendar year. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-21 Rev 6/2021 E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Claims for adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Times that do not comply with Article 13 are waived. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 5 —AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-22 Rev 6/2021 full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor's Team's operations; c. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, or Contractor's safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Contractor's interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-23 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site, and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. Advise OPT of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-24 Rev 6/2021 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or c. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of the OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Investigating and field -verifying the location of underground facilities before beginning Work; 2. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 3. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 4. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 5. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 6. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-25 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.B. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-26 Rev 6/2021 Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor's safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered or revealed at the Site unless this removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor's Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor's Team that was not created by the Contractor's Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-27 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR's notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 6 — BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-28 Rev 6/2021 G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. 6.04 General Insurance Provisions A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with this Article 6 and the Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Article. C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A-VIII or better. D. Furnish copies of endorsements and documentation of applicable self -insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. OPT's failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor's full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-29 Rev 6/2021 Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests. J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not apply to the OPT where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy. Contractor's insurance is primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the workers' compensation policy and Contractor's professional liability policy. 6.05 Contractor's Insurance A. Purchase and maintain workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance for: 1. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. Obtain workers' compensation coverage through a licensed insurance company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet all workers' compensation obligations. Provide an "All Other States" endorsement if Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. 3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. The expected coverage is that which would be included in a commercially available ISO Commercial General Liability policy and should provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor; and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-30 Rev 6/2021 4. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. Insurance is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. If required by the Supplementary Conditions, provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor. Provide Installation Floater insurance that is a broad form or "All Peril" policy providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) Provide coverage under the Contractor's Installation Floater that includes: a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) Coverage for testing and startup; e) Any loss to property while in transit; f) Any loss at the Site; g) Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.14, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. Industry standard ISO Contractual Liability coverage will meet this obligation. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-31 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Endorsement CG 2032, "Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured" or its equivalent. D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. E. For Projects with a Contract Value that exceeds $5,000,000, purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first -dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that: 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for Owner as defined in Article 1; and 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third -party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which result from Contractor's operations and completed operations. Provide Contractor's pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Article must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article or the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-32 Rev 6/2021 Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 6.06 Property Insurance A. Purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.09. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT, Contractor, and all Subcontractors, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds. 2. Be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder's risk, by endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner -furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights as set forth below. 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-33 Rev 6/2021 B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. Notify builder's risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. Maintain the builder's risk insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. 6.07 Waiver of Rights A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Article are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all rights against the Owner's Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contain provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner, Contractor, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk insurance and other property insurance. 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance by the OPT, named insureds, or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-34 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. Provide a list of "Additional Insureds" for each policy. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days' notice before cancellation or any material change in the policy's terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible amount. 6.10 Certificate of Insurance A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101. 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 6.11 Insurance Policies A. If requested by the Owner, make available for viewing a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self -insured retentions and deductibles. B. Contractor may block out (redact) any proprietary information or confidential premium pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Article and the Supplementary Conditions prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance A. Notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-35 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, City of Corpus Christi — Engineering Attn: Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice A. Definitions: 1. Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the Project. 2. Duration of the Project - includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the Contractor's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the Project ("Subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-36 Rev 6/2021 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by this section, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-37 Rev 6/2021 classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner's consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are between sunrise and sundown Monday through Saturday unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. C. Do not perform Work on a Sunday or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King Jr Day Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-38 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, Holiday Date Observed Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 17.01.E 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. Under no circumstances shall any Subcontractor debarred under Chapter 41 of The Code of Ordinances, City of Corpus Christi, be deemed acceptable to Owner. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractor's reasonable objections. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-39 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 days of Owner's notice to replace a Subcontractor, Supplier, or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner's initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers' Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor's Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor's Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-40 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. B. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. This Project is not exempt from City permits and fees unless expressly stated otherwise. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner's exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-41 Rev 6/2021 C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.E caused by Contractor's Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor's Team. E. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor's Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-42 Rev 6/2021 F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner's safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner's safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor's warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR to pay or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections, tests, or approvals by others; or General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-43 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION A. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees or dispute resolution costs, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work and/or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the contract, violations of Laws or Regulations, or bodily injury, death or destruction of tangible property caused by the acts, omissions or negligence of the Contractor's Team, regardless of whether such claim, damage, loss or expense is alleged to be caused in part by an Owner hereunder, subject to the Owner's defenses and liability limits under the Texas Tort Claims Act. However, nothing herein shall be construed to require Contractor to indemnify an Owner against a claim, loss, damage or expense caused by the sole negligence of an Owner. B. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs, arising out of or relating to: (i) the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team or a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor's Team, (ii) Contractor's Team's action or inaction related to damages, delays, disruptions or interference with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, or (iii) the correction of Defective Work. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to indemnify the Owner from the consequences of the Owner's sole negligence. c. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs resulting from infringement on patent rights or copyrights by Contractor's Team. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-44 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, D. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor's Team or other individuals or entities under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor's Team. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 shall not be deemed to be released, waived or modified in any respect by reason of any surety or insurance provided by Contractor. E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner does not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10-day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor's counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner may assume and control the defense if Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner's consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner; b. Would require Owner to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or c. Would not result in Owner's full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-45 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor's design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8 — OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor's Work. This other work may be performed by Owner's employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-46 Rev 6/2021 E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor's Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT or other contractor retained by the City: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor's Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor's Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner's contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occur. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-47 Rev 6/2021 E. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to damages, delays, disruptions, and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9 — OWNER'S AND OPT'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Article 17. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. OPT's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 16.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-48 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT's responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. 9.12 Plans and Specifications A. Owner does not warrant the plans and specification. ARTICLE 10 — OAR'S AND DESIGNER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner's Representative A. OAR is Owner's representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner's representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner's quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner's representative as described in the Contract Documents. OAR's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives' authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 16. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 16. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-49 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer's authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer's authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. C. OAR and Designer's authority related to Modifications is described in Article 11. D. OAR's authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 15 and 17. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non -technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 16.04 if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. Contractor may appeal Designer's decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer's decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor's Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 11— AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-50 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer's approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. If negotiations under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 are unsuccessful, Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non -technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner -Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor's safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 16.05. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-51 Rev 6/2021 B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price for authorized Work can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 15.01 plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 15.05 when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute, whichever is greater. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times for authorized Work can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal in accordance with Article 12 to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-52 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D S2EA, B. Notify the OAR within 3 days if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set -offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 16.04 or Owner's correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 16.07, or c. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 13. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor's agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor's submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Change Order, nor a warranty that the Change Order will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. If the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, the Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor. Contractor may file a Claim for payment and/or time, pursuant to Article 13. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-53 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents, or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. ARTICLE 12 — CHANGE MANAGEMENT 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 12.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 12.02 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. A Change Proposal must be submitted to the OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or proposed changes to the OPT's description of the proposed Modification. b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. c. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for classification; 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies, fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; and 9) Other items of cost. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-54 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, d. Provide the level of detail outlined in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self -performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 15 for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with Article 25. 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification A. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor's supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 13. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Contractor's risk. b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 12.04 Substitutions A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list "or equal" or "or approved equal" products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow these procedures for a substitution. B. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 12.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by Article 25 to request approval of a substitution. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-55 Rev 6/2021 C. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Designer's responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. D. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request, the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. E. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with Article 25. ARTICLE 13 — CLAIMS 13.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Contesting an initial decision by OAR concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Appealing OAR's decision regarding a Change Proposal; 4. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or 5. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. B. Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Contractor shall bear the entire economic risk of all weather delays and disruptions. Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Price by reason of such delays or disruptions. Upon Contractor reaching Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor shall look back at the entire duration of the calendar day Project and review the totality of what Contractor claims were unusually severe weather disruptions. If the Project was delayed or disrupted due to unusually severe weather in General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-56 Rev 6/2021 excess of weather normally experienced over the entire duration of the Project, Contractor may make a Claim for an extension of the Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Any time extension granted shall be non -compensatory. 13.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. Notice must conspicuously state that it is a notice of a Claim in the subject line or first sentence. Notice must also list the date of first occurrence of the claimed event. B. Except for Claims resulting from unusually severe weather, notice of a Claim by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer and the OAR within 14 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim. Failure by Contractor to submit written notice of a Claim within 14 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. C. Submit the complete Claim with supporting documentation to Owner no later than 60 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim (unless Designer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). The Claim must be signed and sworn to by Contractor, certifying that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief, the relief requested accurately reflects the full compensation to which Contractor is entitled. Failure by Contractor to submit the Claim within 60 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. D. Any Claims by Contractor that are not brought within 90 days following the termination of the Contract are waived and shall be automatically deemed denied. E. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. F. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. Claims must contain sufficient detail to allow the other party to fully review the Claim. 1. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Price must include the Contractor's job cost report. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. 2. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Time must include a Time Impact Analysis and native schedule files in Primavera or MS Project digital format. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. G. Claims by Contractor against Owner and Claims by Owner against Contractor, including those alleging an error or omission by Designer but excluding those arising under Section 7.12, shall be referred initially to Designer for consideration and recommendation. H. Designer will review a Claim by Contractor within 30 days of receipt of the Claim and take one or more of the following actions: 1. Request additional supporting data from the party who made the Claim; 2. Issue a recommendation; 3. Suggest a compromise; or General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-57 Rev 6/2021 4. Advise the parties that Designer is not able to make a recommendation due to insufficient information or a conflict of interest. I. If the Designer does not take any action, the Claim shall be deemed denied 30 days after receipt of the Claim. J. Following receipt of Designer's initial recommendation regarding a Claim, the Contractor and the Owner shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. If no agreement is reached within 90 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of any actions taken on a Claim. K. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in whole or in part or denies it in whole or in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 22 for final resolution of disputes by filing a notice of appeal within 30 days after this action. L. If the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, the results of the agreement or action on the Claim will be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times. M. Both parties shall continue to perform all obligations under the Agreement during the pendency of any dispute or disagreement relating to this Agreement, unless performance would be impracticable or impossible under the circumstances. N. Any failure of Contractor to comply with any of the foregoing conditions precedent with regard to any such Claim shall constitute a waiver of any entitlement to submit or pursue such Claim. O. Receipt and review of a Claim by City shall not be construed as a waiver of any defenses to the Claim available to the City under the Contract Documents or at law. ARTICLE 14 — PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay Davis -Bacon Wage Rates. C. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay laborers and mechanics an overtime rate of not less than one and one-half times the basic rate for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in a given workweek. 14.02 Records A. In accordance with Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024, the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-58 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense A. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.003 — Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.023(b) — Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258, shall pay to the Owner, on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed on each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.058 — Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or Subcontractor, commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024. 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or c. Both a fine and confinement. 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates A. Use the Prevailing Wage Rates specified in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 15 — COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 15.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 15.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 15.01.D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus, time -and -materials, or other cost -based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-59 Rev 6/2021 C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor's employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 15.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits, which may include: 1) Social security contributions, 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers' compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave, vacations, and holidays; and c. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Sunday or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers' field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining, with the OPT, which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 15.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-60 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, c. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. For Contractor- and Subcontractor -owned machinery, trucks, power tools or other equipment, use the FHWA rental rates found in the Rental Rate Blue Book ("Blue Book") multiplied by the regional adjustment factor and the rate adjustment factor to establish hourly rates. Use the rates in effect for each section of the Blue Book at the time of use. Payment will be made for the actual hours used in the Work. 1) Standby costs will be paid at 50% of the FHWA rental rates found in the Blue Book if Contractor is directed by Owner in writing to standby. Standby costs will not be allowed during periods when the equipment would otherwise have been idle. For a six -day work week, no more than eight hours per a 24-hour day, no more than 48 hours per week and no more than 208 hours per month shall be paid of standby time. Operating costs shall not be charged by Contractor. e. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; 1) The hourly rate shall be determined by dividing the actual invoice cost by the actual number of hours the equipment is involved in the Work. Owner reserves the right to limit the hourly rate to comparable Blue Book rates. 2) If Contractor is directed to standby in writing by Owner, standby costs will be paid at the invoice daily rate excluding operating costs, which includes fuel, lubricants, repairs and servicing. f. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; g. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor's Team; h. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; i. Cost of additional utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; j. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and k. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-61 Rev 6/2021 by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 15.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 15.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor's Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor's fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor's indemnification of Owner. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 15.01.C. E. The Contractor's fee for profit and overhead is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis; 2. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 3. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1, 15.01.C.2 and 15.01.C.4; b. The Contractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.3; c. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1 and 15.01.C.2 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; 2) The Subcontractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.4 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 3) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor. d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraph 15.01.D; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-62 Rev 6/2021 e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and 4. The adjustment in Contractor's fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 15.05.B.1 through 15.05.B.5, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 15.01. 15.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 15.02.B.1 and 15.02.B.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 15.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Contract. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR's decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03.E. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-63 Rev 6/2021 E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may file a Claim, seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR's decision under Paragraph 15.03.D, if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Contract; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 15.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Contract. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 15.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Contract. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor's selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained by the Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-64 Rev 6/2021 ARTICLE 16 — TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 16.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor's safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain, and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work; 6. For re -inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 16.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor's obligation to ensure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-65 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D S2EA, F. Pay claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work; and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 for costs associated with OPT's evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 16.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT's observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others resulting from the Defective Work if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-66 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner's right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor's Team or surety. 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy deficiencies in the Work after 7 days' notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off -Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 17. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. ARTICLE 17 — PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET -OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 17.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payment requests are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in this Article 17. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-67 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 17.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 15.01, 15.02 and 15.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses, or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor's conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; c. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor's Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 16.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor's failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; g. i. Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; k. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; I. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-68 Rev 6/2021 m. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re -inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; n. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; o. OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; p. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or q• Payment would result in an over -payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim, demand, or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.02 Application for Payment A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Article 17. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning, start-up, training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer's facilities or on Site; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-69 Rev 6/2021 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. Storage facilities for Contractor's use, storage facilities for stored materials and equipment, including spare parts storage, c. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-70 Rev 6/2021 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 25. Contractor's safety programs, including management, administration, and training; 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 29. Demobilization of all physical, temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Record Documents per Article 20. 2. Progress Schedule per Article 27. 3. Project photographs per Article 28. 4. Documentation required to comply with Owner's Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy. 5. Documentation required to substantiate any approved Project deviation, including overruns of Designer's estimated quantity. 6. Documentation required by funding agency, if applicable. 17.03 Schedule of Values A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form attached to the Application for Payment - Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. If unit prices are included in the Contract, use each unit price line item in the Contract as a unit price line item in the Schedule of Values. E. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned value for each item. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-71 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, 1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item. 2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into units or subassemblies. 3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value. a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum amount for that line item. b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order. 4. Include Contractor's overhead and profit in each line item in proportion to the value of the line item to the Contract Price. 5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item. 6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted from the Project. 7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price. F. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components. The first component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. The second component is all other costs associated with the item in the Contract. The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line item in the Schedule of Values. G. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion, show the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost. 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-72 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 17.05 Basis for Payments A. Lump Sum Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the payment period per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents multiplied by the percentage of Work completed. 3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value per Paragraph 17.03 will be made for the measured number of units. 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. B. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Contract. b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. 2. Measure the Work described in the Contract for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. 2. Payment for materials and equipment shown in the Application for Payment and attachments will be made for the invoice amount, up to the value shown in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on the Application for Payment and attachments. Include invoice numbers so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on the Application for Payment and attachments. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-73 Rev 6/2021 materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Contractors can be paid for non-perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value, and that Contractor provides documents, satisfactory to the City, that show that the material supplier has been paid for the materials delivered to the work site. D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest. E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of payment. The Contractor's obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance, insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. 17.07 Retainage and Set -Offs A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. B. Reduce payments for set -offs per the General Conditions. Include the appropriate attachment to the Application for Payment. 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Contract for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set -offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-74 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line items for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment C to document set -offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the set-off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending payment. Contractor may make necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. OAR's recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-75 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. G. Neither OPT's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor OAR's recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT: 1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work; 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. For Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work; 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 17.11 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work within 30 days after Contractor's notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR, within 120 days after receipt of Contractor's notification, is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-76 Rev 6/2021 C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor's coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner's assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor's obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor's access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1-year correction period. 17.12 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 17.11 for this part of the Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 17.13 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 17.14 Final Application for Payment A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set -offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-77 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 17.15 Final Payment A. Make final Application for Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending final payment. C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR's recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.16 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection; 3. Contractor's failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 22 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 17.17 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or, in the event of a latent defect, within 1 year after discovery thereof by City. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 17.17.A and 17.17.B corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR's instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-78 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, D. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or system is placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 17.17 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 17.17 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 18 — SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, c. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency; 5. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; 6. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of OPT; 7. Contractor's failure to prosecute the work with diligence; or General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-79 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 8. Contractor's other material breach of the contract. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 18.02.A.4. Owner may terminate Contractor's performance under this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR's request for this information. C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that Contractor's performance under the Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days' notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 18.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated Contractor's performance under the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of Contractor's performance under the Contract under this Paragraph 18.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 18.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. The cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination of Contractor's performance does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. H. In the event the Owner terminates the contract for cause, and it is later determined that cause for termination was lacking, the termination will be deemed a termination without cause under Paragraph 18.03. 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days' notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 15.05; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-80 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. ARTICLE 19 — PROJECT MANAGEMENT 19.01 Work Included A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of excess earth. 19.02 Quality Assurance A. Employ competent workmen, skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 19.03 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. 1. Provide copies of Supplier's printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes, sketches, recordings, and computations made by the Contractor in Record Data. 19.04 Required Permits A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-81 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 19.05 Safety Requirements A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports, including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per Article 26. 19.06 Access to the Site A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per Article 26. 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures. E. Park employees' vehicles in designated areas only. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately -owned land outside of the Owner's property, rights -of -way, or easements. G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-82 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D S2EA, H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action and coordinate Work with local utility companies and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles, guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. 19.09 Pre -Construction Exploratory Excavations A. Excavate and expose existing pipelines that cross within 20 feet of Project pipelines prior to any Work. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point the existing pipeline may potentially conflict with the Work. B. Excavate and expose existing parallel pipelines at 300 feet intervals (maximum) for existing pipelines which are within 10 feet of Project pipelines. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point where the line is excavated and exposed. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-83 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, C. Prepare a Plan of Action indicating the owner of pipelines excavated and surveyed and all pertinent survey data, including the station where lines cross or conflicts may exist and the distance to the pavement centerline and elevations of the top of existing pipelines. D. Do not perform Work on the Project until all exploratory excavations have been completed and the Plan of Action has been approved by the OAR. E. Unless specifically indicated otherwise in the Bid Form, no separate payment will be made for pre -construction exploratory excavations. Include the cost for pre -construction exploratory excavations in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. When necessary, pavement repairs associated with exploratory excavations that are beyond the limits of the new pavement will be paid for at the unit prices for pavement repair when an item is included in the Bid Form. When an item for pavement repair is not included in the Bid Form, the cost should be included in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner of utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action if facilities must be taken out of operation. 19.11 Field Measurements A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines, grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Data as required in Article 26. 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-84 Rev 6/2021 Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms, tools, and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. 19.13 Delivery and Storage A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier's storage instructions immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather -tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier's instructions. Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-85 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. Supplier's required environmental conditions are continually maintained; and 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. 19.14 Cleaning During Construction A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air -borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner's approval of a street closing. The request shall state: General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-86 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction, with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. Comply with the Owner's Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices. Copies of this document are available through the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. Secure required permits from the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 19.18 Blasting A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 19.19 Archeological Requirements A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-87 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. 19.20 Endangered Species Resources A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. ARTICLE 20 — PROJECT COORDINATION 20.01 Work Included A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 20.02 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-88 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre -construction conference. 20.03 Communication During Project A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The OAR will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre -construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. 20.04 Project Meetings A. Pre -Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre -construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The OPT, Contractor's project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per Article 27. b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per Article 17. c. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-89 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, d. Contractor's organizational chart as it relates to this Project. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents, Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. c. Contractor's superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. Contractor's detailed schedule for the next month. c. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts. i. Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre- Submittal and Pre -Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre -submittal and pre -installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 20.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-90 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 20.05 Requests for Information A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the OAR to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. OAR will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per Article 12 if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 20.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-91 Rev 6/2021 C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action item if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 20.07 Notification By Contractor A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use "Notification by Contractor" form provided. 20.08 Record Documents A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Modifications. 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor's field office. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-92 Rev 6/2021 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. c. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves, unions, traps, and tanks. 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g. Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work (lines added) in yellow; c. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-93 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. ARTICLE 21— QUALITY MANAGEMENT 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review the OPT's Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. B. Implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; c. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; g• General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-94 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT's use in performing inspections and testing; j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be conducted as part of the OPT's Quality Management Program. 6. Document Defective Work through Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the OAR and the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or inspected in accordance with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, the OPT's Quality Control Program, or the Contract Documents. H. Owner will withhold payment for additional testing fees incurred due to Contractor noncompliance with OPT's Quality Control Program, including retesting fees, standby time, cancellation charges, and trip fees for retesting or cancellations. I. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed or might be damaged by corrective actions. 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor's Quality Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 21.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 21.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not: General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-95 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products before OPT's acceptance; 4. Constitute or imply OPT's acceptance; and 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT's acceptance of the completed Work. D. Work is subject to OPT's quality assurance observations or testing at any time. Products which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT's anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT's quality assurance activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these test results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Include cost for additional testing and inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT's quality assurance testing program deviates significantly from the OPT's Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan resulting from these deviations. 21.04 Documentation A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. Contractor's Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per Article 25. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be performed, General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-96 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per Article 25. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per Article 24. 21.05 Standards A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratories (ACIL) "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications." B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 21.06 Delivery and Storage A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing, curing, and processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 21.08 Test Reports A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-97 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number; c. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the sample was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; I. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents; and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 21.09 Defective Work A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 21.11 Quality Control Plan A. Submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. Use Contractor's Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to review the document before General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-98 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Do not begin Work until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved. Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for the Project. Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. B. Provide a Contractor's Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor's Quality Control Plan is to include: 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control, verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, c. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test, and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 21.11.B.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 21.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the efforts of the Contractor's Team to prevent or correct Defective Work. D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor's Quality Control Plan or quality control personnel. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-99 Rev 6/2021 E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor's Quality Control Plan is submitted and before start of construction to discuss the Contractor's Quality Control Plan and expedite its approval. 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Include the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g• Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. 2. Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b. Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-100 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, c. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on -site, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b. Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. c. Conduct a review of the Work with the OPT one month prior to the expiration of the correction period. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1. The quality of on -going Work is unacceptable; 2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on -site production supervision or crews; 3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or 4. Other quality problems develop. ARTICLE 22 — FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations A. Each party is required to continue to perform its obligations under the Contract pending the final resolution of any dispute arising out of or relating to the Contract, unless it would be impossible or impracticable under the circumstances then present. B. All negotiations pursuant to Article 22 are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence. C. Before invoking mediation, Owner and Contractor agree that they first shall try to resolve any dispute arising out of or related to this Contract through discussions directly between those senior management representatives within their respective organizations who have overall managerial responsibility for similar projects. Both Owner and Contractor agree that this step shall be a condition precedent to use of any other alternative dispute resolution process. If the parties' senior management representatives cannot resolve the dispute within 45 calendar days after a party delivers a written notice of such dispute to the other, then the parties shall proceed with mediation. 22.02 Mediation A. In the event that Owner and/or Contractor contend that the other has committed a material breach of the Contract or the parties cannot reach a resolution of a claim or dispute pursuant General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-101 Rev 6/2021 to Article 13, as a condition precedent to filing a lawsuit, either party shall request mediation of the dispute with the following requirements: 1. The request for mediation shall be in writing and shall request that the mediation commence not less than 30 calendar days or more than 90 calendar days following the date of the request, except upon agreement of the parties. 2. In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree to a date for the mediation or to the identity of the mediator within 30 calendar days following the date of the request for mediation, all conditions precedent shall be deemed to have occurred. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs. Venue for any mediation or lawsuit filed under this Contract shall be in Nueces County, Texas. Any agreement reached in mediation shall be enforceable as a settlement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as consent to a lawsuit. No provision of the Contract shall waive any immunity or defense. ARTICLE 23 — MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 23.01 Policy A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, low income persons and Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (M/DBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives. In accordance with such policy, the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 23.02 Definitions A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract. B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s) or socially and economically disadvantaged individual(s). Minority/Disadvantaged person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-102 Rev 6/2021 c. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power, direct or indirect, to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican -Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy, women are also considered as minorities. E. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual: Any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias within American society because of his or her identity as a member of a group and without regard to his or her individual qualities. The social disadvantage must stem from circumstances beyond the individual's control. F. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman, a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. G. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example, a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 23.03 Goals A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be 1. Minority participation goal is 45%. 2. Minority Business Enterprise participation goal is 15%. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-103 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's percentage is prohibited. 23.04 Compliance A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project, the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi- weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. ARTICLE 24 — DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 24.01 Work Included A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 24.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-104 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 24.04 Document Submittal A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. g. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 24.05 Document Numbering A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CP Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-105 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, Prefix Description Originator RCP Request fora Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop Drawing number 25 and the letter "A" designates that this is the second time this document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference to the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 24.06 Document Requirements A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: Document Type Section Application for Payment Article 17 Change Proposal Article 12 Certified Test Report Article 25 for approval of product Article 21 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor Article 20 Photographic Documentation Article 28 Progress Schedules Article 27 Record Data Article 26 Request for Information Article 20 Shop Drawing Article 25 Schedule of Values Article 17 Substitutions Article 12 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-106 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, Document Type Section Suppliers and Subcontractors Articles 20 and 26 ARTICLE 25 — SHOP DRAWINGS 25.01 Work Included A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general, to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 25.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 25.10 are approved. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Provide Shop Drawings as required by Paragraph 25.03 of the Supplementary Conditions. B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14-day review cycle for each time General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-107 Rev 6/2021 a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawings; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawings are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawings related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer's attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 25.09. G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor's risk. Defective products may be rejected at the Owner's option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-108 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors, textures, or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-109 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product's intended use. 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1-year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 25.08.A. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. g. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-110 Rev 6/2021 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. 2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier's standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of "or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-111 Rev 6/2021 be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14-day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 25.03. 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is approved by the Designer. At Owner's option, Samples will become the property of the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-112 Rev 6/2021 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products A. Contractor may submit other manufacturers' products that are in full compliance with the Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase "or equal" or "or approved equal." 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by this article to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the OPT's responsibility to prove the product is not equal. a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. c. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. c. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 25.10 Requests for Deviation A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-113 Rev 6/2021 E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 25.11 Designer Responsibilities A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Article for general conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. Designer's review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Designer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Designer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Designer will respond to Contractor's markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. c. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per Article 26. c. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-114 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is "Approved as Noted," but has significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked "Approved as Noted" and "Resubmit with corrections made." These drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. 5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as "At Variance With" (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as "Not Approved" if the requested deviation is unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires a change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-115 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 25.11 that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. 25.12 Resubmission Requirements A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents. 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay costs for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-116 Rev 6/2021 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer's review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. ARTICLE 26 — RECORD DATA 26.01 Work Included A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents require for record purposes. 26.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Submit Record Data in accordance with SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Record Data to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-117 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 26.04 Record Data Requirements A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, model number, and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-118 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. g. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-119 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D so. a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of "or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 26.03. 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 26.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. 3. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. Document will be given the status of "Filed as Received" and no further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop Drawing. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Submit Shop Drawing." No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-120 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Revise and Resubmit." Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." When Record Data is filed, no further action is required, and the Record Data process will be closed. c. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is the Record Data applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Cancel - Not Required." No further action is required, and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." ARTICLE 27 — CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 27.01 Requirements A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Schedule Work based upon a six day work week. 27.02 Document Submittal A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre -construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedule updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 27.03 Schedule Requirements A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-121 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D S2EA, 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. Provide personnel with 5 years' minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. Allow analysis of the Contractor's program for the completion of the Project. 6. Permit schedules to be revised when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and 8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with Article 24 indicating: 1. Specific date each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific date each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-122 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re -submission of each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. 27.04 Schedule Revisions A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and c. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor's plan for bringing the Project back on schedule. 27.05 Float Time A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path, the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-123 Rev 6/2021 E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. ARTICLE 28 — VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 28.01 Work Included A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way) including but not limited to streets, curb and gutter, utilities, driveways, fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials, trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication, or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 28.02 Quality Assurance A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 28.03 Document Submittal A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-124 Rev 6/2021 CONFORMED 7/79 20D SE2A, 28.04 Photographs A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date, time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photographs in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8-by-10-inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 28.05 Video Recording A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 1080p. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. H. Pipeline projects should be recorded linearly from beginning to end. ARTICLE 29 — EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT 29.01 Substantial Completion A. Notify the OAR that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-125 Rev 6/2021 B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within 30 days after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. OAR will notify the Contractor, within 120 days after notification, that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. OAR will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the OAR when the items of Work in the OAR's notice have been completed. 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. OAR will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the OAR of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 29.02 Final Inspections A. Notify the OAR when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within 30 days after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has been corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. OAR will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 29.04 if notified that the Project is complete, and the Work is acceptable. 29.03 Reinspection Fees A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-126 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal A. Record Documents per Article 20. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per Article 28. 29.05 Transfer of Utilities A. If applicable to the Project, transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by the Contract Documents. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the Contract Documents. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1-year correction period specified in the Contract Documents and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number; c. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond, or service agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the Contract Documents for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty, bond, and service agreement; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-127 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds, and service agreements within 10 days after equipment or components are placed in service. ARTICLE 30 — MISCELLANEOUS 30.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Sunday or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee, which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four (4) years following termination of the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract, then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Examples of Contractor written and electronically stored records include, but are not limited to: accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondence, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Contract Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor's records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner's designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities, and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-128 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Paragraph 30.02 in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 30.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor's Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor's Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. 30.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of, the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 30.04 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 30.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner is not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by Contractor's Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. B. Contractor waives claims for consequential damages, incidental or special damages arising out of or relating to this Contract, whether the damages are claimed in contract, tort or on any other basis. 30.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision or affect the enforceability of that provision or the remainder of this Contract. 30.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-129 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 30.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 30.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the prior written consent of the Owner. 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. B. This Contract is to perform a governmental function solely for the public benefit. 30.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Cases must be filed and tried in Nueces County and cannot be removed from Nueces County, Texas. 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 30.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys' fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for payment of attorney's fees. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-130 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 30.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. B. No qualified person shall on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, gender, age or disability be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity which receives or benefits from federal financial assistance. C. Comply with all applicable federal, state and city laws, rules and regulations. D. Each applicable provision and clause required by law to be inserted into the Contract shall be deemed to be enacted herein, and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though each were physically included herein. 30.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 30.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason, funds are not appropriated in any given year, the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demobilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 30.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments, is the total maximum not -to -exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated, this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor's guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. 30.21 Notices. A. Any notice required to be given to Owner under any provision in this Contract must include a copy to OAR by mail or e-mail. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-131 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 30.22 Public Information A. The requirements of Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract, and Contractor agrees that the contract can be terminated if Contractor knowingly or intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter. END OF SECTION General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards 007200-132 Rev 6/2021 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and other provisions of the Contract Documents. All provisions not amended or supplemented in these Supplementary Conditions remain in effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below. ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC-1.01 DEFINED TERMS A. The members of the OPT as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.41 consists of the following organizations: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Levy Dykema, PLLC NRG Engineering ARTICLE 4 — COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC-4.04 DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR'S PROGRESS A. The allocation for delays in the Contractor's progress for rain days as set forth in General Conditions Paragraph 4.04.D are to be determined as follows: 1. Include rain days in developing the schedule for construction. Schedule construction so that the Work will be completed within the Contract Times assuming that these rain days will occur. Incorporate residual impacts following rain days such as limited access to and within the Site, inability to work due to wet or muddy Site conditions, delays in delivery of equipment and materials, and other impacts related to rain days when developing the schedule for construction. Include all costs associated with these rain days and residual impacts in the Contract Price. Supplementary Conditions Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 007300-1 Rev 3/2023 2. A rain day is defined as any day in which the amount of rain measured by the National Weather Services at the Power Street Stormwater Pump Station is 0.50 inch or greater. Records indicate the following average number of rain days for each month: Month Day Month Days January 3 July 3 February 3 August 4 March 2 September 7 April 3 October 4 May 4 November 3 June 4 December 3 3. A total of 19 rain days have been set for this Project. An extension of time due to rain days will be considered only after 19 rain days have been exceeded in a calendar year and the OAR has determined that a detrimental impact to the construction schedule resulted from the excessive rainfall. Rain days are to be incorporated into the schedule and unused rain days will be considered float time which may be consumed by the Owner or Contractor in delay claims. ARTICLE 5 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC-5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.03.A which describe subsurface and physical conditions. 1. Geotechnical Reports include the following: a. Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure Geotechnical Engineering Report, Terracon, July 11, 2024- The Contractor may rely on the following Technical Data in using this document: 1) Geotechnical testing and recommendations 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) include the following: None SC-5.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.06 which describe Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. No reports of explorations or tests for Hazardous Environmental Conditions at or contiguous to the Site are known to Owner. Supplementary Conditions Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 007300-2 Rev 3/2023 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, ARTICLE 6 — BONDS AND INSURANCE SC-6.03 REQUIRED MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE AMOUNTS Provide the insurance coverage for at least the following amounts unless greater amounts are required by Laws and Regulations: Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage Commercial General Liability including 1. Commercial Broad Form 2. Premises — Operations 3. Underground Hazard 4. Products / Completed Operations 5. Contractual Liability 6 Independent Contractors 7. Personal & Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Per Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate Business Automobile Liability - Owned, Non - Owned, Rented and Leased $500,000 Combined Single Limit Workers' Compensation Statutory Employer's Liability $500,000/ 500,000/ 500,000 Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability Required if Contract Price > $5,000,000 $1,000,000 Per Occurrence Contractor's Pollution Liability / Environmental Impairment Coverage Not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. To include long-term environmental impact for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants. Required if excavation > 5 ft or asbestos present $1,000,000 Per Claim © Required • Not Required Builder's Risk (All Perils including Collapse) Required for vertical structures and bridges Coverage limit shall be in the amount of the total cost of the project. © Required • Not Required Installation/Equipment Floater Required if installing city -owned equipment or storing contractor equipment on city- owned property Equal to Contract Price • Required © Not Required Supplementary Conditions Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 007300-3 Rev 3/2023 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC-7.02 LABOR; WORKING HOURS B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of person or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are between Sun Up. and Sun Down, Monday through Friday unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. C. Do not perform Work on a Sunday or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King Jr Day Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May Juneteenth June 19 Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 SC-7.04 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS A. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 7.04.A: "The Contractor goal is to perform at least 50 percent of the Work, measured as a percentage of the Contract Price, using its own employees." ARTICLE 14— PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS SC-14.04 PREVAILING WAGE RATES "General Decision Number: TX20240288 01/05/2024 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20230288 State: Texas Construction Type: Building Counties: Aransas, Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas. Supplementary Conditions Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 007300-4 Rev 3/2023 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Note: Contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658. Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis -Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis -Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(1). If the contract is entered into on or after January 30, 2022, or the contract is renewed or extended (e.g., an option is exercised) on or after January 30, 2022: If the contract was awarded on or between January 1, 2015 and January 29, 2022, and the contract is not renewed or extended on or after January 30, 2022: . Executive Order 14026 generally applies to the contract. . The contractor must pay all covered workers at least $17.20 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in 2024. . Executive Order 13658 generally applies to the contract. . The contractor must pay all covered workers at least $12.90 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on that contract in 2024. The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must still submit a conformance request. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at http://www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, Supplementary Conditions Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 007300-5 Rev 3/2023 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/05/2024 BOIL0074-003 07/01/2023 Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER $ 37.00 24.64 ELECO278-002 08/27/2023 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN $ 29.50 8.94 ENG10178-005 06/01/2020 Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (1) Tower Crane $ 32.85 13.10 (2) Cranes with Pile Driving or Caisson Attachment and Hydraulic Crane 60 tons and above $ 28.75 10.60 (3) Hydraulic cranes 59 Tons and under $ 32.35 13.10 IRON0084-011 06/01/2023 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL $ 27.51 8.13 SUTX2014-068 07/21/2014 Rates BRICKLAYER $ 20.04 CARPENTER $ 15.21 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER$ 15.33 ** ** Fringes 0.00 0.00 0.00 INSULATOR - MECHANICAL (Duct, Pipe & Mechanical System Insulation) $ 19.77 7.13 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING $ 12.27 ** 0.00 Supplementary Conditions Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 007300-6 Rev 3/2023 IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL $ 22.16 5.26 LABORER: Common or General $ 9.68 ** 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender - Brick$ 11.36 ** 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete $ 10.58 ** 0.00 LABORER: Pipelayer $ 12.49 ** 2.13 LABORER: Roof Tearoff $ 11.28 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe $ 14.25 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader $ 13.93 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Bulldozer $ 18.29 1.31 OPERATOR: Drill $ 16.22 ** 0.34 OPERATOR: Forklift $ 14.83 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Grader/Blade $ 13.37 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Loader $ 13.55 ** 0.94 OPERATOR: Mechanic $ 17.52 3.33 OPERATOR: Paver (Asphalt, Aggregate, and Concrete) $ 16.03 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Roller $ 12.70 ** 0.00 PAINTER (Brush, Roller, and Spray) $ 14.45 ** 0.00 PIPEFITTER $ 25.80 8.55 PLUMBER $ 25.64 8.16 ROOFER $ 13.75 ** 0.00 SHEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Duct Installation Only) $ 22.73 7.52 SHEET METAL WORKER, Excludes HVAC Duct Installation $ 21.13 6.53 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, Supplementary Conditions Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 007300-7 Rev 3/2023 TILE FINISHER TILE SETTER TRUCK DRIVER: TRUCK DRIVER: TRUCK DRIVER: Truck $ 11.22 ** $ 14.74 ** Dump Truck $ 12.39 ** Flatbed Truck $ 19.65 Semi -Trailer $ 12.50 ** TRUCK DRIVER: Water Truck $ 12.00 ** 0.00 0.00 1.18 8.57 0.00 4.11 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. A. The minimum rates for various labor classifications as established by the Owner are shown below: Wage Determination (WD) No Construction Type Project Type TX21 TX29 TX33 TX34 TX288 TX51 TX55 Heavy Highway Heavy Heavy Building Heavy Heavy Heavy Construction Projects (including Sewer and Water Line Construction and Drainage Projects) Highway Construction Projects (excluding tunnels, building structures in rest area projects & railroad construction; bascule, suspension & spandrel arch bridges designed for commercial navigation, bridges involving marine construction; and other major bridges). Pipeline - On -Shore Pipeline Construction Pipeline - Off -Shore Construction Building Construction Projects (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories) Dredging projects along the Texas gulf coast area including all public channels, harbors, rivers, tributaries and the Gulf Intracoastal Waterways. Tunnel Construction Projects (Bored, 48" In Diameter Or More) ARTICLE 19 — PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SC-19.21 COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC AGENCIES Supplementary Conditions Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 007300-8 Rev 3/2023 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, C. For the Contractor's convenience, the following telephone numbers are listed: Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number City Engineer 361-826-3500 Levy Dykema 361-882-8171 Robert Garcia 361-882-817, Ext. 120 Traffic Engineering 361-826-3547 Police Department 361-882-2600 Water/ Wastewater/ Stormwater 361-826-1800 (361-826-1818 hours) after Gas Department 361-885-6900 (361-885-6942 hours) after Parks & Recreation Department 361-826-3461 Street Department 361-826-1875 City Street Div. for Traffic Signals 361-826-1610 Solid Waste & Brush 361-826-1973 IT Department (City Fiber) 361-826-1956 AEP 1-877-373-4858 AT&T 361-881-2511 (1-800-824-4424 hours) after Grande Communications 1-866-247-2633 Spectrum Communications 1-800-892-4357 Crown Castle Communications (Network Operations Center) 1 888 632 0931 Centu ryLi n k 361-208-0730 Windstream 1-800-600-5050 Regional Transportation Authority 361-289-2712 Port of Corpus Christi Authority Engr. 361-882-5633 TxDOT Area Office 361-808-2500 Corpus Christi ISD 361-695-7200 ARTICLE 25 — SHOP DRAWINGS Supplementary Conditions Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 007300-9 Rev 3/2023 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, SC-25.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide Shop Drawings for the following items: Specification Section Shop Drawing Description Shade structure Concrete Lighting Electrical Devices SC-25.12 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed below: ARTICLE 26 — RECORD DATA SC-26.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit Record Data for the following items: Specification Section Record Data Description Submit redlined plans to AE, for AE to provide as-builts to the City of Copus Christi. SC-30.21 Notices. B. Strict compliance is required for all notice provisions in this Contract. END OF SECTION Supplementary Conditions Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 007300-10 Rev 3/2023 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 01 1100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project completely and fully useable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete Project. 3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work is described in general, non -inclusive terms as: 1. This project consists a shade structure for Cole Park Plaza. The scope for this project includes: a. Base bid: 1) New, four -paneled, shade structure 2) White lighting at each column of shade structure 3) Back -boxes and outlets at new shade structure 4) Hand -holes at the back of each column b. Alternate #1: 1) RGBW lighting in lieu of white lighting 1.03 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The following items of work are not included in this Contract, but may impact construction scheduling and completion: None B. In the case of a disagreement between the above list and those specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor is to base his Proposal on the most expensive listing. C. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction and testing of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. Summary of Work Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 011100-1 Rev 10/2018 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 1.04 WORK BY OWNER A. The Owner plans to perform the following items of work which are not included in this Contract, but may impact the construction scheduling and completion: None B. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. C. Owner will provide normal operation and maintenance of the existing facilities during construction, unless otherwise stated. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES A. Pay for temporary power, including but not limited to construction cost, meter connection fees, and permits. 1.06 USE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION A. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so. B. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of the Project. C. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the remaining period of construction. D. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Summary of Work Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 011100-2 Rev 10/2018 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Alternates: 1. This Section describes each alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Work when this alternate is made a part of the Work in the Agreement. 2. Drawings and Specifications will outline the extent of Work to be included in the alternate Contract Price. 3. Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work as required to properly integrate the Work under each alternate, and provide a complete and functional Project as required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bids for alternates may be accepted or rejected at the option of the Owner. 5. Owner may incorporate these alternates in the Contract when executed, or may issue a Change Order to incorporate these alternates within 120 days at the prices offered in the Bid, unless noted otherwise. A Request for a Change Proposal may be issued after 120 days or other designated time period to negotiate a new price for incorporating the Work into the Project. B. Allowances: 1. Include specified allowance amount in the Contract Price. 2. The amount of each allowance includes: a. The cost of the product to the Contractor less any applicable trade discounts. b. Delivery to the Site. c. Applicable taxes. 3. Include in the Contract Price all costs for: a. Handling at the Site, including unloading, uncrating, and storage per Article 19 of SECTION 01 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. b. Cost for labor and equipment for installation and finishing. c. Cost for related products not specifically listed in the allowance required for installation, including consumable supplies and materials. d. All overhead, profit, and related costs. 4. Assist Owner in the selection of products. a. Identify qualified Suppliers. b. Obtain bids from qualified Suppliers. Alternates and Allowances Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 012310-1 Rev 5/2020 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, c. Present available alternates to the Owner through the OAR. Notify OAR of: 1) Any objections to a particular Supplier or product. 2) Effect on the Construction Schedule anticipated by the selection of each option. 3) Cost of each option. 5. Upon selection of the product: a. Purchase and install the product. b. Contractor's responsibilities for products shall be the same as for products selected by the Contractor. 6. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS to adjust Contract Price if the net cost of the product is more or less than the specified amount. a. Adjust the unit cost applied to the quantities installed per the method of payment described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for products specified as Unit Price Work. b. Do not perform Work until selection of alternate has been approved by the Owner. c. Provide actual invoices for the materials. C. The Bid Items described as "Allowances" have been set as noted in Bid Form and shall be included in the Total Base Bid of the Bid Form for each Bidder. These Allowances may be used at the Owner's discretion in the event that unforeseen conditions or conflicts are encountered during construction that warrants the use of the Allowance funds. If the use of Allowance funds becomes necessary, the OAR will provide written authorization at a cost negotiated between Owner and Contractor, using unit prices in the Bid Form when applicable. No work is to be performed under the Allowance items without written authorization from the OAR. There is no guarantee that any of these funds will need to be used during the course of the Work. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Provide documents for materials furnished as part of the alternate in accordance with Article 24 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate 11- Alternate No. 1 1. RGBW lighting at shade structure in lieu of white lighting. 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance H1— Bonds and Insurance 1. Payment shall include all bonds and insurance required under the Contract Documents. Alternates and Allowances Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 012310-2 Rev 5/2020 CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, 2. Payment for bonds and insurance will be based on the receipt of documentation of actual costs. Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for all bonds and insurance. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of unique insurance as required and obtained specifically for this Project, not including the routine and general company insurance policies that are maintained for the course of conducting normal business operations. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of project specific bonds and insurance, not to exceed the bid amount or the verifiable costs of Project specific bonds and insurance incurred by the Contractor. B. Allowance H2 -Unforeseen Conditions: 1. The sum of 51,000.00 to be used for the purchase of Unforeseen Conditions. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Alternates and Allowances Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 012310-3 Rev 5/2020 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for lump sum payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that lump sum item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each lump sum item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the lump sum price. B. Measurement for progress payments will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. Payment at Final Completion will be equal to the total lump sum amount for that item. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in unit price payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that unit price item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each unit price item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the unit price. B. Measurement for payments will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. Measurement will be as indicated for each unit price item. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR BASE BID ITEMS A. Bid Item A-1 — Mobilization (Maximum 5%): 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Transportation and setup for equipment; b. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; c. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; d. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; e. Demobilization; and f. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the total Contract Price. Measurement and Basis for Payment Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 012901-1 Rev 5/2020 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: When at least 5% of the adjusted contract amount for construction is earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. Upon substantial completion of all work under this Contract and removal of all equipment and materials from the Project site, the remaining 25% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. B. Bid Item A-2 — General Requirements 1. This shall include all cost for non -management indirect costs of executing project. 2. The percentage paid will correlate with percentage of project completed minus retainage. C. Other Bid Items 1. The basis of measurement and payment for other Bid Items shall be as described in the applicable Specification Sections, Construction Drawings, Schedule of Values and/or BID FORM. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Measurement and Basis for Payment Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 012901-2 Rev 5/2020 0133 01 Submittal Register Specification Section Specification Description Paragraph No. Types of Submittals Required Product Information Sample or Mockup Operations Data 02 41 19 Selective demolition 1.5 None None O&M Manual 03 01 00 Maintenance of Concrete 1.06 Record Data None O&M Manual 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories 1.05 Record Data None None 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing 1.05 Shop Drawing None None 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete 1.05 Shop Drawing None O&M Manual 13 31 23 Pre -Engineered Shade Structures 1.4 Shop Drawing Sample None 26 06 00 Grounding 1.03.E Record Data None None 26 12 30 Wire & Cable 1.03.E Record Data None None 26 13 60 Raceways 1.03.E Record Data None None 26 14 00 Wiring Devices 1.03.E Record Data None None 26 51 00 Luminaires 1.03.E Record Data None O&M Manual 26 51 00 Luminaires 1.03.0 Shop Drawing None O&M Manual Submittal Register {Insert Project Name and Number} 01 33 01-1 10/2018 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 PLAN OF ACTION A. Submit a written plan of action for approval for shutting down essential services. These include: 1. Electrical power, 2. Control power, 3. Pipelines or wastewater systems, 4. Communications equipment, and 5. Other designated functions. B. Describe the following in the plan of action: 1. Scheduled dates for construction; 2. Work to be performed; 3. Utilities, piping, or services affected; 4. Length of time the service or utility will be disturbed; 5. Procedures to be used to carry out the Work; 6. Plan of Action to handle emergencies; 7. List of manpower, equipment, and ancillary supplies; 8. Backups for key pieces of equipment and key personnel; 9. Contingency plan that will be used if the original schedule cannot be met; and C. Submit plan 2 weeks prior to beginning the Work. 1.02 CRITICAL OPERATIONS NONE 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Special Procedures Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 23041 013500-1 Rev 10/2018 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, SECTION 01 45 00 - WINDSTORM CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions ofthecontract, including general and supplemental conditions and other Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. All exterior materials, components and cladding shall meet or exceed the wind load requirements as specified in this section and in the drawings. B. All exterior materials, components and cladding shall be supplied and installed in accordance with the requirements of the International Building Code, 2021. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Components and Cladding: Elements assembled to form the exterior structure and roof systems that are either directly loaded by the wind or receive wind loads originating at relatively close locations, and that transfer loads to the main wind force resisting system. Examples: curtain walls, exterior glass windows and panels, exterior doors, etc. B. Exterior Component Openings: Openings that are likely to be breached during high winds. Examples: windows, doors, skylights,etc. C. Impact ResistantComponentsandCladding:Componentsandcladdingdesignedtoresist, without breaching, the force from collisions with wind driven projectiles or missiles. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Wind loads shall be determined from the pressures developed by a 157-mph basic wind speed (three - second gust), Exposure Category C, Risk Category II, and appropriate factors from the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 7-16 "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings or Other Structures". Wind loads shall be determined accordingly. B. Impact resistant components and cladding shall be evaluated in accordance with ASTM E 1996 and ASTM E-1886. Impact resistant components and cladding located within 30 feet above grade shall meet or exceed the Large Missile Test of ASTM E 1996. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. All components and cladding shall have the appropriate Texas Department of Insurance product evaluation number indicated on thesubmittal, if applicable to this project. 1. Components and cladding, including installation thereof, not contained in the product evaluation list shall be certified by the manufacturer, supplier and/or installer to meet the requirements of this section. 2. Installation instructions indicatingfasteners, minimum attachment requirements, and other necessary pertinent information for installation shall be submitted. WINDSTORM CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 01 45 00 - 1 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, PART 2 - EXECUTION 1. The Contractor shall provide, and have available atthejobsite, all necessary installation instructions duringconstruction. 2. Priorto coveringorconcealingthefasteners or connectors, the Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer. 3. Contractor shall furnish, upon completion, written confirmation that installation and materials used for all components and cladding is in conformance with the requirements of this section. END OF SECTION 0145 00 WINDSTORM CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 01 45 00 - 2 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SET 2 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide temporary facilities, including OPT's field office and the Contractor's field offices, storage sheds, and temporary utilities needed to complete the Work. B. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs. Provide temporary on -site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide a total electrical heating and cooling system for the OPT's field office capable of maintaining the following conditions: 1. Heating: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 10 degrees ambient. 2. Cooling: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 105 degrees ambient. 3. Relative humidity: 48 to 54 percent. B. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for all required inspections and tests by regulatory agencies, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Locate buildings and sheds at the Site as indicated or as approved by the OPT. B. Prepare the Site by removing trees, brush, or debris and performing demolition or grubbing needed to clear a space adequate for the structures. C. Pay for the utilities used by temporary facilities during construction. D. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the Work. Provide OPT's field office complete and ready for occupancy and use within 7 days of the Notice to Proceed. E. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. F. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR. G. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner. 1. Restrict loads on temporary services or facilities to within their designed or designated capacities. 2. Provide sanitary conditions. Prevent public nuisance or hazardous conditions from developing or existing at the Site. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 1 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Rev 8/20 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SET 2 3. Prevent freezing of pipes, flooding, or the contamination of water. 4. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities. 1.05 OPTIONS A. Construction offices may be prefabricated buildings on skids or mobile trailers. B. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES -FIELD OFFICE NOT REQUIRED 2.02 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the Site that might be affected by weather. 2.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities at the Site from the commencement of the Project until Project conclusion. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. On large sites, provide portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from a toilet. B. Use these sanitary facilities. Do not use restrooms within existing or Owner -occupied buildings. 2.04 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Provide heating devices needed to protect buildings during construction. Provide fuel needed to operate the heating devices and attend the heating devices at all times they are in operation, including overnight operations. 2.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide the temporary utilities for administration, construction, testing, disinfection, and start-up of the Work, including electrical power, water, and telephone. Pay all costs associated with furnishing temporary utilities. 1. Provide a source of temporary electrical power of adequate size for construction procedures. a. Use existing power systems where spare capacity is available. Provide temporary power connections that do not adversely affect the existing power supply. Submit connections to the OAR for approval prior to installation. b. Provide electrical pole and service connections that comply with Laws and Regulations and the requirements of the power company. 2. Provide telephone service to the Site and install telephones inside the Contractor's and the OPT's field office. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 2 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Rev 8/20 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SET 2 2.06 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Provide temporary water. Potable water may be purchased from the Owner by obtaining a water meter from the Owner and transporting water from a water hydrant. Non -potable water may be used for hydraulic testing of non -potable basins or pipelines. Include the cost of water in the Contract Price. B. Contractor must comply with the City of Corpus Christi's Water Conservation and Drought Contingency Plan as amended (the "Plan"). This includes implementing water conservation measures established for changing conditions. The City Engineer will provide a copy of the Plan to Contractor at the pre -construction meeting. The Contractor will keep a copy of the Plan on the Site throughout construction. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR. Construct and install signs at locations approved by the OAR. Install informational signs so they are clearly visible. 3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. The Owner will furnish two Project signs to be installed by the Contractor. The signs must be installed before construction begins and will be maintained throughout the Project period by the Contractor. The locations of the signs will be determined in the field by the OAR. 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide temporary lighting inside buildings once buildings are weatherproof. B. Provide lighting that is adequate to perform Work within any space. Temporary lights may be removed once the permanent lighting is in service. C. Provide portable flood lights at any time that Work will be performed outside the structure at night. Provide adequate lighting at any location Work is being performed. 3.04 DRINKING WATER A. Provide all field offices with potable water. Provide a dispenser and cooling apparatus if bottled drinking water is provided. B. Pay for water services and maintain daily. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Install and maintain a construction fence around the Site and off -site storage yards. Fence must be a minimum 6 feet high chain link construction unless shown otherwise. Provide gates with padlocks. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 3 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Rev 8/20 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SET 2 3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Remove temporary buildings, sheds, and utilities at the conclusion of the Project and restore the Site to original condition or finished in accordance with the Drawings. B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction. C. Remove Project identification signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion of the Project. 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE A. Provide janitorial service (sweeping/mopping) for the OPT's field office on a weekly basis or as requested. Empty trash receptacles daily or as needed. B. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition. Repair damage to structures, framings, or signs. C. Repair any damage to Work caused by placement or removal of temporary signage. D. Service, maintain, and replace, if necessary, the OPT's field office computer equipment throughout the Project as required by the OPT including replacement cartridges for all office equipment. END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 4 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Rev 8/20 Copyright 2023 AIA MasterSpec Short Form SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Work of this Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of exterior site elements. B. Related Requirements: -Not Applicable 1.2 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Pre -demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site 1906 Ocean Drive, Corpus Christi, Texas 78401. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Engineering Survey: N/A B. Survey of Existing Conditions: Submit survey. C. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. D. Schedule of selective demolition activities with starting and ending dates for each activity. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Inventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 1 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright © 2023 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing or use of this document. Copyright 2023 AIA MasterSpec Short Form 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE -Not Applicable CO Q9/23 ott 77/7 4oDSFT A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: [Type I] [Type II] [Type III] [Universal] certified by an EPA -approved certification program. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Owner will not occupy portions of site immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. 1. Before selective demolition, Owner will remove the following items: N/A C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. D. Hazardous Materials: 1. It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. E. On -site sale of removed items or materials is not permitted. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials and using approved contractors so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSP A10.6 and NFPA 241. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 2 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright © 2023 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing or use of this document. Copyright 2023 AIA MasterSpec Short Form PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B. Perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations. C. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs or video. Comply with Article in Section 00 72 00 "Video and Photographic Documentation." 1. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed for salvage or reinstallation. Photograph or video conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by removal. 2. Photograph or video existing conditions of adjoining construction including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations or removal of items for salvage or reinstallation. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. B. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. C. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 3.3 UTILITY SERVICES AND BUILDING SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain utilities and building systems and equipment to remain and protect against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor. 2. Arrange to shut off utilities with utility companies. 3. If disconnection of utilities and building systems will affect adjacent occupied parts of the building, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 3 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright © 2023 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing or use of this document. Copyright 2023 AIA MasterSpec Short Form CONE /23 > >WRMo D SET demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to those parts of the building. 3.4 SALVAGE/REINSTALL A. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. B. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame -cutting operations. Maintain portable fire - suppression devices during flame -cutting operations. 4. Maintain fire watch during and for at least 4 hours after flame -cutting operations. B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris -removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 4 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright © 2023 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing or use of this document. Copyright 2023 AIA MasterSpec Short Form 3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA -approved construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 5 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright © 2023 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing or use of this document. Copyright 2023 SpecLink 12/23 � uNFpR 77/79 02 S - SECTION 03 01 00 - MAINTENANCE OF CONCRETE PART 14 GENERAL 1.01 Section Includes A. Cleaning of existing concrete surfaces. B. Repair of exposed structural, shrinkage, and settlement cracks. C. Resurfacing of concrete surfaces having spalled areas and other damage. D. Repair of deteriorated concrete. E. Repair of internal concrete reinforcement. F. Restoration and patching of concrete surfaces. 1.02 Related Requirements A. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories. B. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing. C. Section 03 30 00 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.03 Price and Payment Procedures A. Repair Surface: By the square foot. Includes surface preparation, repair, finishing. B. Preparation for Resurfacing: By the square foot. Includes surface preparation, cleaning. 1.04 Reference Standards A. ASTM A82/A82M - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement; 2007. B. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2015. C. ASTM A767/A767M - Standard Specification for Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2009. D. ASTM A775/A775M - Standard Specification for Epoxy -Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars; 2007b (Reapproved 2014). E. ASTM A996/A996M - Standard Specification for Rail -Steel and Axle -Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2014. MAINTENANCE OF CONCRETE 03 0100 - 1 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink DNF /23 7 70� � D 24 EA. F. ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon -Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete; 2015. G. ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2016. H. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2016. I. ASTM C348 - Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Hydraulic -Cement Mortars; 2014. J. ASTM C404 - Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout; 2011. K. ASTM C882 - Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy -Resin Systems Used with Concrete by Slant Shear; 2012. L. ASTM C928/C928M - Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Rapid -Hardening Cementitious Material for Concrete Repairs; 2013. M. ASTM C1059/C1059M - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete; 2013. N. ASTM D3039/D3039M - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Polymer Matrix Composite Materials; 2017. O. ASTM D638 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics; 2010. P. ASTM D695 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics; 2010. Q. AWS D1.4/D1.4M - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel; 2011. R. ICC-ES AC178 - Acceptance Criteria for Inspection and Verification of Concrete and Reinforced and Unreinforced Masonry Strengthening Using Fiber -Reinforced Polymer (FRP) or Steel -Reinforced Polymer (SRP) Composite Systems; 2017, with Editorial Revision 2020. 1.05 Administrative Requirements A. Scheduling: Perform work during a time period allowed by authority having jurisdiction of road right-of-way. 1.06 Submittals A. Product Data: Indicate product standards, physical and chemical characteristics, technical specifications, limitations, maintenance instructions, and general recommendations regarding each material. B. Field quality control submittals. C. Field quality control submittals for CFRP. MAINTENANCE OF CONCRETE 03 0100 - 2 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that specified products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of structural reinforcement repairs and type of repair. 1.07 Quality Assurance A. Designer Qualifications: Design reinforcement splices under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this type of work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section. C. Cleaner Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified. D. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified. E. Perform welding work in accordance with AWS D1.4. 1.08 Delivery, Storage, and Handling A. Comply with manufacturers' instructions for storage, shelf life limitations, and handling of products. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Cleaning Materials A. Detergent: Non-ionic detergent. B. Blasting Medium: Sand. 2.02 Cementitious Patching and Repair Materials A. Cementitious Resurfacing Mortar: One- or two -component, factory -mixed, polymer - modified cementitious mortar designed for continuous thin -coat application. 1. In -place material resistant to freezing conditions. 2. Mixed with water or latex type bonding agent in proportions as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Integral corrosion inhibitor. 4. Recommended Thickness: Feather edge to 1/8 inch. 5. Color: Gray. MAINTENANCE OF CONCRETE 03 0100 - 3 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink 12/23 CONFoR MD B. O so.Cementitious Repair Mortar, Trowel Grade: One or two component, factory mixed, 77/79 polymer- modified cementitious mortar. 1. In -place material resistant to freezing conditions. 2. Mixed with water or latex type bonding agent in proportions as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Dry Material: Complies with ASTM C928/C928M. 4. Integral corrosion inhibitor. C. Cementitious Repair Mortar, Form and Pour/Pump Grade: Flowable, one- or two - component, factory -mixed, polymer -modified cementitious mortar; in -place material resistant to freezing conditions. 1. Mixed with water in proportions as recommended by manufacturer. D. Cementitious Pavement Repair Mortar: Fast hardening, flowable; composed of cement, sand, and additives; capable of setting in cold weather conditions without the aid of chloride- or gypsum -based accelerators; in -place material resistant to freezing conditions. 1. Dry Material: Complies with ASTM C928/C928M. 2. Integral corrosion inhibitor. 3. Time To Open To Traffic: 1 hour, maximum. 4. Time to Top -Coating: 4 hours, maximum. E. Cementitious Hydraulic Waterstop: Very fast setting, low slump, hand formable, and capable of stopping active water leaks; in -place material resistant to freezing conditions. F. Mix cementitious mortar and grout in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for purpose intended. G. Include bonding agent as additive to mix. 2.03 Epoxy Patching and Repair Materials A. Epoxy Repair Mortar: Epoxy resin mixed with aggregate and other materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for purpose intended; comply with pot life and workability limits. B. Mix epoxy mortars in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for purpose intended. C. Mix components in clean equipment or containers. Conform to pot life and workability limits. D. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: Non -sag, two -component, 100 percent solids; recommended by MAINTENANCE OF CONCRETE 03 0100 - 4 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink manufacturer for purpose and conditions under which used. 1. Bond Strength (ASTM C882): 1,500 psi, minimum. 2. Tensile Strength (ASTM D638): 6,600 psi, minimum. 3. Percent Elongation (ASTM D638): 3.3 percent at 7 days at 70 degrees F, maximum. 4. Compressive Strength (ASTM D695): 10,000 psi, minimum. 2.04 Accessories A. Anchoring Adhesive: Self -leveling or non -sag as applicable. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, II, or III; gray or white. C. Sand: ASTM C33/C33M or ASTM C404; uniformly graded, clean. D. Water: Clean and potable. E. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M Grade 40 (40,000 psi) billet -steel deformed bars, unfinished. F. Reinforcing Steel: Deformed bars, ASTM A996/A996M Grade 40 (280), Type A. 1. Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 767/A 767M, Class I or II. G. Stirrup Steel: ASTM A1064/A1064M. H. Splicing Sleeves: Per shop drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Examination A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.02 Cleaning Existing Concrete A. Provide enclosures, barricades, and other temporary construction as required to protect adjacent work from damage. B. Clean concrete surfaces of dirt or other contamination using the gentlest method that is effective. 1. Try the gentlest method first, then, if not clean enough, use a less gentle method taking care to watch for impending damage. MAINTENANCE OF CONCRETE 03 0100 - 5 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink 2. Clean out cracks and voids using same methods. C. The following are acceptable cleaning methods, in order from gentlest to less gentle: 1. Water washing using low-pressure, maximum of 100 psi, and, if necessary, brushes with natural or synthetic bristles. 2. Increasing the water washing pressure to maximum of 400 psi. 3. Adding detergent to washing water; with final water rinse to remove residual detergent. 4. Steam -generated low-pressure hot-water washing. 5. Abrasive blasting: Use sand. 3.03 Concrete Structural Member Repair A. See drawings for specific areas to be repaired. B. Remove broken and soft concrete at least 1/4 inch deep. C. Mechanically cut away damaged portions of reinforcement. D. Remove corrosion from steel and clean mechanically. E. Blast clean remaining exposed reinforcement surfaces. F. Repair by welding new bar reinforcement to existing reinforcement using sleeve splices. 1. Perform welding work in accordance with AWS D1.4/D1.4M. 2. Make welded sleeve splices to achieve strength to exceed strength of new reinforcement. G. Cover exposed steel reinforcement with epoxy mortar. H. Work epoxy mortar into broken surface and build up patch to match original. I. Feather edges of repairs flush to sound surface and trowel surface to match surrounding area. 3.04 Crack Repair Using Epoxy Adhesive Injection A. Repair exposed cracks. B. Provide temporary entry ports spaced to accomplish movement of fluids between ports; no deeper than the depth of the crack to be filled or port size diameter no greater than the thickness of the crack. Provide temporary seal at concrete surface to prevent leakage of adhesive. C. Inject adhesive into ports under pressure using equipment appropriate for particular application. MAINTENANCE OF CONCRETE 03 0100 - 6 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink 12/23 °NF0R MED D. Begin injection at lower entry port and continue until adhesive appears in adjacent entry77/7g/2024SEr port. Continue from port to port until entire crack is filled. E. Remove temporary seal and excess adhesive. F. Clean surfaces adjacent to repair and blend finish. 3.05 Concrete Surface Repair Using Cementitious Materials A. Clean concrete surfaces, cracks, and joints of dirt, laitance, corrosion, and other contamination using method(s) specified above and allow to dry. B. Apply coating of bonding agent to entire concrete surface to be repaired. C. Fill voids with cementitious mortar flush with surface. D. Apply repair mortar by steel trowel to a minimum thickness of 1/4 inch over entire surface, terminating at a vertical change in plane on all sides. E. Trowel finish to match adjacent concrete surfaces. F. Damp cure for four days. 3.06 Field Quality Control A. See Article in Section 00 72 00 - Quality Management for additional requirements. B. An independent testing agency will perform field inspection and testing. 1. Test concrete for calcium chloride content during the execution of the Work. 2. Field Quality Control for CFRP: a. Inspect installation and test for compliance with ICC-ES AC178. b. Inspect for voids, bubbles, and delaminations by performing a visual and acoustic tap test of layered surface after 24 hours of initial resin saturant cure. c. Test for material properties of CFRP in accordance with ASTM D3039/D3039M. d. Nonconforming Work: Repair defective work after minimum cure time for CFRP laminates. END OF SECTION 03 0100 MAINTENANCE OF CONCRETE 03 0100 - 7 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink 12/23 � uNFpR SECTION 03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 7 �17g0 � `sEr GENERAL 1.01 Section Includes A. Formwork for cast -in -place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage. B. Openings for other work. C. Form accessories. D. Form stripping. 1.02 Related Requirements A. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing. B. Section 03 30 00 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.03 Price and Payment Procedures A. See Section 01 22 00 - Unit Prices, for additional unit price requirements. NOT APPLICABLE B. Measurement and payment of forming work will be by the unit price method. C. Formwork (Vertical Structures): Measure by the square foot. Includes form materials, placement, placing accessories, stripping. D. Formwork (Horizontal Structures): Measure by the square foot. Includes form materials, placement, placing accessories, stripping. 1.04 Reference Standards A. ACI CODE-318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; 2019 (Reapproved 2022). B. ACI PRC-347 - Guide to Formwork for Concrete; 2014 (Reapproved 2021). C. ACI SPEC-117 - Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; 2010 (Reapproved 2015). D. ACI SPEC-301 - Specifications for Concrete Construction; 2020. E. ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; 2010. F. ACI 301- Specifications for Structural Concrete; 2010 (Errata 2012). CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00 - 1 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink `,ONF /23 G. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; 2011. H. ACI 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete; 2014. I. ASME A17.1 - Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators; 2013. J. PS 1- Structural Plywood; 2009. 1.05 Submittals A. Product Data: Provide data on void form materials and installation requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, bracing, and arrangement of joints and ties. C. Permanent Insulated Foam Panel Formwork Shop Drawings: Include calculations or selections from manufacturer's prescriptive design tables that indicate compliance with applicable building code and manufacturer's requirements. 1. Include test reports for performance criteria specified. 2. Include the design engineer's stamp or seal on each sheet of shop drawings. D. Design Data: As required by authorities having jurisdiction. E. Construction Joints: Submit diagram of proposed construction joints not shown on the Drawings prior to or concurrent with reinforcing bar shop drawings. 1.06 Quality Assurance A. Perform work of this section in accordance with Texas Department of Transportation standards. B. Maintain one copy of each installation standard on site throughout the duration of concrete work. 1.07 Delivery, Storage, and Handling A. Deliver prefabricated forms and installation instructions in manufacturer's packaging. B. Store prefabricated forms off ground in ventilated and protected manner to prevent deterioration from moisture. C. Protect plastic foam products from damage and exposure to sunlight. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Formwork - General A. Provide concrete forms, accessories, shoring, and bracing as required to accomplish cast - CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00 - 2 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink in- place concrete work. B. Design and construct concrete that complies with design with respect to shape, lines, and dimensions. C. Chamfer outside corners of beams, joists, columns, and walls. D. Comply with applicable state and local codes with respect to design, fabrication, erection, and removal of formwork. E. Comply with relevant portions of ACI CODE-318, ACI PRC-347, and ACI SPEC-301. F. Comply with Texas Department of Transportation standards. G. Use the following form types: 1. Walls Not Exposed To View: Site fabricated plywood of sufficient thickness capable of sustaining the loads. 2. Walls Exposed To View: Commercial grade, moisture resistant, smooth -faced plywood of sufficient thickness capable of sustaining the loads. 3. Elevated Floor/Roof Slabs: Permanent prefabricated foam panel formwork; formwork to remain. H. Form Ties: 1. Form ties for exposed concrete surfaces shall be manufactured to allow a positive break back of no less than one inch (1") inside the concrete surface. 2. Ties shall be equipped with a plastic cone of not less than five -eighths inch (5/8") diameter and one inch (1") long which will completely cover the hole and prevent the leakage of any mortar. 3. Form ties for unexposed surfaces shall be bolt rods or patented devices having a minimum tensile strength of three thousand (3,000) pounds when fully assembled. 4. Ties shall be adjustable in length and free of lugs, cones, washers or other features which would leave a hole larger than seven -eighths inch (7/8") in diameter, or depressions back of the exposed surface of the concrete. 5. Ties shall be of such construction that, when the forms are removed, there will be no metal remaining within one inch (1") of the finished surface of the concrete. 2.02 Wood Form Materials A. Softwood Plywood: PS 1, B-B High Density Concrete Form Overlay, Class I. B. Plywood: Douglas Fir, Spruce, or Yellow Pine species; solid one side grade; sound undamaged sheets with clean, true edges. CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00 - 3 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink C. Lumber: Yellow Pine species; #2 grade; with grade stamp clearly visible. 2.03 Removable Prefabricated Forms A. Preformed Steel Forms: Minimum 16 gauge, 0.0598 inch thick, matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished surfaces. B. Preformed Plastic Forms: Thermoplastic polystyrene, thermoplastic, thermosetting, filled polyurethane elastomer; or polyurethane elastomer form liner, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished surfaces. C. Glass Fiber Fabric Reinforced Plastic Forms: Matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished concrete surfaces. D. Pan Type: Steel or glass fiber, of size and profile indicated. E. Tubular Column Type: Round, Spirally wound laminated fiber, wood, or glass fiber material, surface treated with release agent, non -reusable, of sizes indicated. F. Void Forms: Moisture resistant treated paper faces, biodegradable, structurally sufficient to support weight of wet concrete mix until initial set. 2.04 Permanent Prefabricated Foam Panel Formwork A. Floor/Roof Deck Forms: Pre-engineered expanded polystyrene foam plastic deck and beam/joist forms with factory installed metal channel furring strips flush with face of panel and field installed form stiffener slots. 1. Structural Performance: In accordance with applicable code. 2. Form Cross Section: As indicated on drawings; flat-bottomed solid foam blocks with voids only for stiffeners and beam/joist cross-section; interlocking long edges. 2.05 Formwork Accessories A. Form Ties: Removable or snap -off type, galvanized metal or plastic, fixed length, cone type, 1 inch back break dimension, free of defects that could leave holes larger than 1 inch in concrete surface. B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil that will not stain concrete, absorb moisture, impair natural bonding of concrete finish coatings, or affect color characteristics of concrete finish coatings. C. Filler Strips for Chamfered Corners: Rigid plastic or wood strip type. D. Dovetail Anchor Slot: Galvanized steel, at least 22 gauge, 0.0299 inch thick, foam filled, release tape sealed slots, anchors for securing to concrete formwork. Provide CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00 - 4 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink manufactured by E. Flashing Reglets: Galvanized steel, at least 22 gauge, 0.0299 inch thick, longest possible lengths, with alignment splines for joints, foam filled, release tape sealed slots, anchors for securing to concrete formwork. Provide manufactured by F. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. G. Waterstops: Rubber or polyvinyl chloride, minimum 1,750 psi tensile strength, minimum 50 degrees F to plus 175 degrees F working temperature range. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Examination A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with drawings. 3.02 Earth Forms A. Hand trim sides and bottom of earth forms. Remove loose soil prior to placing concrete. 3.03 Erection - Formwork A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACI SPEC-301. B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads. C. Install permanent insulated foam panel formwork per manufacturer's recommendations. D. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores. E. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum. F. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members that are not indicated on drawings. G. Install void forms in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Protect forms from moisture or crushing. H. Coordinate this section with other sections of work that require attachment of components to formwork. I. If formwork is placed after reinforcement, resulting in insufficient concrete cover over reinforcement, request instructions from Engineer before proceeding. CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00 - 5 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink 3.04 Application - Form Release Agent A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings that are affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete. 3.05 Inserts, Embedded Parts, and Openings A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in passing through concrete work. B. Locate and set in place items that will be cast directly into concrete. C. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other work. D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, so they are straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Install waterstops in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, so they are continuous without displacing reinforcement. Heat seal joints so they are watertight. F. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. G. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 3.06 Form Cleaning A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. 1. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean -out ports. 2. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use de-icing salts. Do not use water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within heated enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter. 3.07 Formwork Tolerances A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI SPEC-117, unless otherwise indicated. CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00 - 6 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink B. Construct permanent insulated foam panel formwork to maintain ACI SPEC-301. C. CONE/R413 17j7g2FD tolerances required by 024SFT Construct and align formwork for elevator hoistway in accordance with ASME A17.1. D. Camber slabs and beams in accordance with ACI SPEC-301. 3.08 Field Quality Control A. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and to verify that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. 3.09 Form Removal A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads. B. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. C. Store removed forms to prevent damage to form materials or to fresh concrete. Discard damaged forms. END OF SECTION 03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00 - 7 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink SECTION 03 20 00 - CONCRETE REINFORCING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 Section Includes A. Reinforcing steel for cast -in -place concrete. B. Supports and accessories for steel reinforcement. 1.02 Related Requirements A. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories. B. Section 03 30 00 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.03 Price and Payment Procedures A. Bar Reinforcement: By the ton. Includes reinforcement, placement, and accessories. B. Welded Wire Reinforcement: By the square foot. Includes welded wire reinforcement, placement, and accessories. 1.04 Reference Standards A. ACI MNL-66 - ACI Detailing Manual; 2020. B. ACI 301- Specifications for Structural Concrete; 2010 (Errata 2012). C. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; 2011. D. ACI SP-66 - ACI Detailing Manual; 2004. E. ACI SPEC-301 - Specifications for Concrete Construction; 2020. F. ASTM A82/A82M - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement; 2007. G. ASTM A184/A184M - Standard Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement; 2006 (Reapproved 2011). H. ASTM A185/A185M - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete; 2007. I. ASTM A497/A497M - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete; 2007. J. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 20 00 - 8 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink Concrete Reinforcement; 2015. K. ASTM A641/A641M - Standard Specification for Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire; 2009a (Reapproved 2014). L. ASTM A704/A704M - Standard Specification for Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement; 2006 (Reapproved 2011). M. ASTM A706/A706M - Standard Specification for Low -Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2014. N. ASTM A767/A767M - Standard Specification for Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2009. O. ASTM A775/A775M - Standard Specification for Epoxy -Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars; 2007b (Reapproved 2014). P. ASTM A884/A884M - Standard Specification for Epoxy -Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement; 2014. Q. ASTM A996/A996M - Standard Specification for Rail -Steel and Axle -Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2014. R. ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon -Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete; 2015. S. ASTM D3963/D3963M - Standard Specification for Fabrication and Jobsite Handling of Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars; 2001 (Reapproved 2007). T. AWS D1.4/D1.4M - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel; 2011. U. CRSI (DA4) - Manual of Standard Practice; 2009. V. CRSI (P1) - Placing Reinforcing Bars; 2011. 1.05 Submittals A. Shop Drawings: Comply with requirements of ACI MNL-66. Include bar schedules, shapes of bent bars, spacing of bars, and location of splices. 1. Prepare shop drawings under seal of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of work of this type and licensed in the State in which the Project is located. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that reinforcing steel and accessories supplied for this project meet or exceed specified requirements. C. Reports: Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials analysis. 1.06 Quality Assurance CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 20 00 - 9 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI SPEC-301. 1. Maintain one copy of each document on project site. B. Provide Engineer with access to fabrication plant to facilitate inspection of reinforcement. Provide notification of commencement and duration of shop fabrication in sufficient time to allow inspection. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Reinforcement A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 615/A 615M Grade 40 (280), Unfinished. B. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 706/A 706M, deformed low -alloy steel bars, Unfinished. C. Reinforcing Steel: Deformed bars, ASTM A996/A996M Grade 40 (280), Type A. 1. Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A767/A767M, Class I. D. Reinforcing Steel Mat: ASTM A704/A704M, using ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 40 (40,000 psi) steel bars or rods, unfinished. E. Stirrup Steel: ASTM A1064/A1064M steel wire, unfinished. F. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR): Galvanized, deformed type; ASTM A1064/A1064M. 1. Form: Flat Sheets. 2. WWR Style: 4 x 8-W6 x W10. 3. Wire Gage: W4xW4 unless otherwise indicated on drawings. G. Reinforcement Accessories: 1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gauge, 0.0508 inch. 2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement. 3. Provide stainless steel, galvanized, plastic, or plastic coated steel components for placement within 1-1/2 inches of weathering surfaces. 2.02 Fabrication A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI (DA4) - Manual of Standard Practice. B. Welding of reinforcement is permitted only with the specific approval of Engineer. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.4/D1.4M. CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 20 00 - 10 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink CONF /23 >�RMoD SET 24 1. Galvanized and Epoxy Coated Reinforcement: Clean surfaces, weld and re -protect welded joint in accordance with CRSI (DA4). C. Fabricate and handle epoxy -coated reinforcing in accordance with ASTM D3963/D3963M. D. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on drawings at point of minimum stress. 1. Review locations of splices with Engineer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Placement A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. B. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier. C. Accommodate placement of formed openings. D. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing as follows: 1. Beams: 2 inch or per Engineer's drawings. 2. Supported Slabs and Joists: 2 inch or per Engineer's drawings. 3. Column Ties: 2 inch or per Engineer's drawings. 4. Walls (exposed to weather or backfill): 2 inch or per Engineer's drawings. 5. Footings and Concrete Formed Against Earth: 2 inch or per Engineer's drawings. 6. Slabs on Fill: 2 inch or per Engineer's drawings. E. Reinforcement shall be accurately placed and securely saddle tied at every other intersection with No. 18 gauge black annealed wire, and shall be rigidly held in place during the placing of the concrete by means of metal chairs or spacers. F. Bars in concrete walls shall be held in position, and to proper clearance, by means of concrete or metal spacer made especially for the locations where spacers are required. G. Bars in beams and slabs shall be held to exact location during placing of concrete by spacers, chairs, or other necessary supports. H. Comply with applicable code for concrete cover over reinforcement. I. Bond and ground all reinforcement. CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 20 00 - 11 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink 3.02 Field Quality Control A. An independent testing agency will inspect installed reinforcement for conformance to contract documents before concrete placement. 3.03 Schedules A. Reinforcement For Superstructure Framing Members: Deformed bars, unfinished. B. Reinforcement For Foundation Wall Framing Members and Slab -on -Grade: Deformed bars and welded wire reinforcement, galvanized finish. C. Reinforcement For Parking Structure Framing Members: Deformed bars, epoxy coated finish. END OF SECTION 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 20 00 - 12 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink SECTION 03 30 00 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 Section Includes A. Concrete formwork. B. Concrete shear walls, elevator shaft walls, and foundation walls. C. Joint devices associated with concrete work. D. Miscellaneous concrete elements. E. Concrete curing. 1.02 Related Requirements A. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories. B. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing. 1.03 Price and Payment Procedures A. Cement: By the cubic yard. 1.04 Reference Standards A. ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; 2010. B. ACI 211.1- Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; 1991 (Reapproved 2009). C. ACI 211.2 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete; 1998 (Reapproved 2004). D. ACI CODE-318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; 2019 (Reapproved 2022). E. ACI PRC-211.1 - Selecting Proportions for Normal -Density and High Density -Concrete - Guide; 2022. F. ACI 301- Specifications for Structural Concrete; 2010 (Errata 2012). G. ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; 2004 (Errata 2007). H. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; 2000. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 13 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink CON2/23 ARMED I. ACI 305R- Hot Weather Concreting; 2010. �7/19i2024SET J. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting; 2010. K. ACI 308R - Guide to Curing Concrete; 2001 (Reapproved 2008). L. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; 2011. M. ACI 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete; 2014. N. ACI PRC-304 - Heavyweight Concrete: Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing; 2020. O. ACI PRC-305 - Guide to Hot Weather Concreting; 2020. P. ACI PRC-306 - Guide to Cold Weather Concreting; 2016. Q. ACI PRC-308 - Guide to External Curing of Concrete; 2016. R. ACI SPEC-301 - Specifications for Concrete Construction; 2020. S. ASTM A185/A185M - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete; 2007. T. ASTM A497/A497M - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete; 2007. U. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2015. V. ASTM A767/A767M - Standard Specification for Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2009. W. ASTM A775/A775M - Standard Specification for Epoxy -Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars; 2007b (Reapproved 2014). X. ASTM A884/A884M - Standard Specification for Epoxy -Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement; 2014. Y. ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2016. Z. ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2015a. AA. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete; 2015. AB. ASTM C109/C109M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or (50-mm) Cube Specimens); 2013. AC. ASTM C143/C143M - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic -Cement Concrete; 2012. AD. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 14 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2016. AE. ASTM C171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete; 2007. AF. ASTM C173/C173M - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method; 2014. AG. ASTM C260/C260M - Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete; 2010a. AH. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete; 2011. Al. ASTM C330/C330M - Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete; 2014. AJ. ASTM C494/C494M - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete; 2013. AK. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2015. AL. ASTM C685/C685M - Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing; 2014. AM.ASTM C881/C881M - Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Base Bonding Systems for Concrete; 2014. AN. ASTM C979/C979M - Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete; 2010. AO. ASTM C1059/C1059M - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete; 2013. AP. ASTM C1107/C1107M - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout (Nonshrink); 2014. AQ. ASTM C1240 - Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures; 2014. AR. ASTM C1602/C1602M - Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete; 2012. AS. ASTM D994/D994M - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type); 2011. AT. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types); 2004 (Reapproved 2013). CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 15 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink AU. ASTM D2103 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Film and Sheeting; 2015. AV. ASTM D3963/D3963M - Standard Specification for Fabrication and Jobsite Handling of Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars; 2001 (Reapproved 2007). AW. ASTM E154/E154M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover; 2008a (Reapproved 2013). AX. ASTM E1155 - Standard Test Method for Determining F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness Numbers; 1996 (Reapproved 2008). AY. ASTM E1643 - Standard Practice for Selection, Design, Installation and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs; 2011. AZ. ASTM E 1155M - Standard Test Method for Determining F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness Numbers [Metric]; 1996 (Reapproved 2008). BA. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 2011. BB. ASTM E1993/E1993M - Standard Specification for Bituminous Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs; 1998 (Reapproved 2013). BC. COE CRD-C 48 - Method of Test for Water Permeability of Concrete; 1992. BD. COE CRD-C 513 - COE Specifications for Rubber Waterstops; 1974. BE. COE CRD-C 572 - Corps of Engineers Specifications for Polyvinylchloride Waterstop; 1974. BF. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; 2014 (Errata 2015). 1.05 Submittals A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with specified requirements and installation instructions. 1. For curing compounds, provide data on method of removal in the event of incompatibility with floor covering adhesives. B. Construction Joints: Submit drawing of proposed construction joints for slab on grade, etc. where they are not indicated on the drawings. C. Laboratory Test Reports and Mix Design: Submit laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix designs as specified in the Testing Laboratory section of the Specifications. D. Test Reports: Submit report for each test or series of tests specified. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: For concrete accessories, indicate installation procedures and interface required with adjacent construction. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 16 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink CONi2/23 7 7D /7 SFT F. Sustainable Design Submittal: If any fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, rice hull ash, or other waste material is used in mix designs to replace Portland cement, submit the total volume of concrete cast in place, mix design(s) used showing the quantity of portland cement replaced, reports showing successful cylinder testing, and temperature on day of pour if cold weather mix is used. 1.06 Quality Assurance A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI SPEC-301 and ACI CODE-318. 1. Maintain one copy of each document on site. B. Follow recommendations of ACI PRC-305 when concreting during hot weather. C. Follow recommendations of ACI PRC-306 when concreting during cold weather. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Formwork A. Form Materials: Contractor's choice of standard products with sufficient strength to withstand hydrostatic head without distortion in excess of permitted tolerances. 1. Form Facing for Exposed Finish Concrete: Contractor's choice of materials that will provide smooth, stain -free final appearance. 2. Earth Cuts: Do not use earth cuts as forms for vertical surfaces. Natural rock formations that maintain a stable vertical edge may be used as side forms. 3. Form Coating: Release agent that will not adversely affect concrete or interfere with application of coatings. 4. Form Ties: Cone snap type that will leave no metal within 1-1/2 inches of concrete surface. 2.02 Reinforcement Materials A. Comply with requirements of Section 03 2000. B. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi). 1. Type: Deformed billet -steel bars. 2. Finish: Unfinished, unless otherwise indicated. C. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain type. 1. Form: Flat sheets or coiled rolls. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 17 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink 2. Mesh Size: 6"x6", unless otherwise noted on drawings. 3. Wire Gage: W 4 x W 4, unless otherwise noted on drawings. D. Reinforcement Accessories: 1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gauge, 0.0508 inch. 2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement. 3. Provide stainless steel, galvanized, plastic, or plastic coated steel components for placement within 1-1/2 inches of weathering surfaces. 2.03 Concrete Materials A. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I - Normal portland type. Use one brand of cement throughout project. 1. Acquire cement for entire project from same source. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33/C33M. 1. Acquire all aggregates for entire project from same source for exposed concrete only. C. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C330/C330M. D. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. E. Calcined Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class N. F. Silica Fume: ASTM C1240, proportioned in accordance with ACI PRC-211.1. G. Waterproofing Additive: Crystalline waterproofing intended for mixing into concrete to close concrete pores by growth of crystals, with no decrease in concrete strength or chemical resistance. 1. Permeability of Cured Concrete: No measurable leakage when tested in accordance with COE CRD-C 48 at 350 feet of head; provide test reports. 2. Potable Water Contact Approval: NSF certification for use on structures holding potable water, based on testing in accordance with NSF 61. H. Water: ASTM C1602/C1602M; clean, potable, and not detrimental to concrete. I. Fiber Reinforcement: Synthetic fiber shown to have long-term resistance to deterioration when exposed to moisture and alkalis; 1/2 inch length. 2.04 Admixtures CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 18 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink ..1 /23 ARMED A. Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more 17j7g�<024SET than 0.05% chloride irons are not permitted. B. Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight of cement. C. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C260/C260M. D. High Range Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type G. E. High Range Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type F. F. Water Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type E. G. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type D. H. Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type C. I. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type B. J. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type A. 2.05 Accessory Materials A. Non -Shrink Cementitious Grout: Premixed compound consisting of nonmetallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents. 1. Grout: Comply with ASTM C1107/C1107M. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength at 48 Hours, ASTM C109/C109M: 2,000 pounds per square inch. 3. Minimum Compressive Strength at 28 Days, ASTM C109/C109M: 7,000 pounds per square inch. B. Non -Shrink Epoxy Grout: Moisture -insensitive, two-part; consisting of epoxy resin, nonmetallic aggregate, and activator. 2.06 Bonding and Jointing Products A. Latex Bonding Agent: Non-redispersable acrylic latex, complying with ASTM C1059/C1059M, Type II. B. Epoxy Bonding System: C. Waterproofing Admixture Slurry: Slurry coat of Portland cement, sand, and crystalline waterproofing additive, mixed with water in proportions recommended by manufacturer to achieve waterproofing at cold joints in concrete. D. Waterstops: Rubber, complying with COE CRD-C 513. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 19 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink 1. Configuration: As indicated on drawings. 2. Size: As indicated on drawings. E. Waterstops: PVC, complying with COE CRD-C 572. 1. Configuration: As indicated on drawings. 2. Size: As indicated on drawings. F. Reglets: Formed steel sheet, galvanized, with temporary filler to prevent concrete intrusion during placement. 1. Size: As indicated on drawings. G. Slab Contraction Joint Device: Preformed linear strip intended for pressing into wet concrete to provide straight route for shrinkage cracking. H. Slab Construction Joint Devices: Combination keyed joint form and screed, galvanized steel, with rectangular or round knockout holes for conduit or rebar to pass through joint form at 6 inches on center; ribbed steel stakes for setting. 1. Provide removable plastic cap strip that forms wedge-shaped joint for sealant installation. 2. Height: To suit slab thickness. 2.07 Curing Materials A. Evaporation Reducer: Liquid thin -film -forming compound that reduces rapid moisture loss caused by high temperature, low humidity, and high winds; intended for application immediately after concrete placement. B. Curing Compound, Naturally Dissipating: Clear, water -based, liquid membrane -forming compound; complying with ASTM C309. C. Curing and Anti-Spalling Compound: Boiled linseed oil compound. 1. Application: Use on roadway, bridge deck, parking deck, and ramps. D. Curing and Sealing Compound, Low Gloss: Liquid, membrane -forming, clear, non -yellowing acrylic; complying with ASTM C1315 Type 1 Class A. 1. Vehicle: Water -based. 2. Solids by Mass: 25 percent, minimum. 3. VOC Content: OTC compliant. E. Curing and Sealing Compound, High Gloss: Liquid, membrane -forming, clear, nonyellowing acrylic; complying with ASTM C1315 Type 1 Class A. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 20 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink 1. Vehicle: Solvent -based. 2. Solids by Mass: 25 percent, minimum. 3. VOC Content: Ozone Transport Commission (OTC) compliant. F. Moisture -Retaining Sheet: ASTM C171. 1. Curing paper, regular. 2. Polyethylene film, white opaque, minimum nominal thickness of 4 mil, 0.004 inch. 3. White -burlap -polyethylene sheet, weighing not less than 3.8 ounces per square yard. G. Polyethylene Film: ASTM D2103, 4 mil, 0.004 inch thick, clear. H. Water: Potable, not detrimental to concrete. 2.08 Concrete Mix Design A. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI PRC-211.1 recommendations. 1. Replace as much Portland cement as possible with fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, or rice hull ash as is consistent with ACI recommendations. B. Proportioning Structural Lightweight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.2 recommendations. 1. Replace as much Portland cement as possible with fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, silica fume, or rice hull ash as is consistent with ACI recommendations. C. Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength for each type of concrete on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures, as specified in ACI SPEC-301. 1. For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. D. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI PRC-211.1 and at rates recommended or required by manufacturer. E. Normal Weight Concrete: 1. Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M at 28 days: 3,000 pounds per square inch or as indicated on drawings. 2. Calcined Pozzolan Content: Maximum 10 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 3. Silica Fume Content: Maximum 5 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 4. Cement Content: Minimum 5 sacks per cubic yard. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 21 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink 5. Water -Cement Ratio: Maximum 59 percent by weight. 6. Total Air Content: 4 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM C173/C173M. 7. Maximum Slump: 4 inches. 8. Maximum Aggregate Size: 5/8 inch. 2.09 Mixing A. On Project Site: Mix in drum type batch mixer, complying with ASTM C685/C685M. Mix each batch not less than 1-1/2 minutes and not more than 5 minutes. B. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C94/C94M. C. Adding Water: If concrete arrives on -site with slump less than suitable for placement, do not add water that exceeds the maximum water -cement ratio or exceeds the maximum permissible slump. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Examination A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. 3.02 Preparation A. Formwork: Comply with requirements of ACI SPEC-301. Design and fabricate forms to support all applied loads until concrete is cured and for easy removal without damage to concrete. B. Verify that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent. C. Coordinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. D. Where new concrete is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare existing surface by cleaning and applying bonding agent in according to bonding agent manufacturer's instructions. 1. Use epoxy bonding system for bonding to damp surfaces, for structural load - bearing applications, and where curing under humid conditions is required. 2. Use latex bonding agent only for non -load -bearing applications. E. Where new concrete with integral waterproofing is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare surfaces to be treated in accordance with waterproofing manufacturer's instructions. Saturate cold joint surface with clean water, and remove excess water before application of coat of waterproofing admixture slurry. Apply slurry coat uniformly with semi - stiff bristle brush at rate recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 22 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink F. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non -shrink grout. 3.03 Installing Reinforcement and Other Embedded Items A. Fabricate and handle epoxy -coated reinforcing in accordance with ASTM D3963/D3963M. B. Comply with requirements of ACI SPEC-301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete coverage required for protection. C. Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both directions. Splice laps with tie wire. D. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not interfere with concrete placement. 3.04 Placing Concrete A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI PRC-304. B. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint devices will not be disturbed during concrete placement. D. Place concrete continuously without construction (cold) joints wherever possible; where construction joints are necessary, before next placement prepare joint surface by removing laitance and exposing the sand and sound surface mortar, by sandblasting or high-pressure water jetting. E. Finish concert within the tolerances specified below. 3.05 Slab Jointing A. Locate joints as indicated in the geotechnical report unless otherwise shown on the drawings. B. Anchor joint fillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placement. C. Saw Cut Contraction Joints: Saw cut joints before concrete begins to cool, within 4 to 12 hours after placing; use 3/16 inch thick blade and cut at least 1 inch deep but not less than one quarter (1/4) the depth of the slab. D. Construction Joints: Where not otherwise indicated, use metal combination screed and key form, with removable top section for joint sealant. E. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/4 inch of finished slab surface. Conform to manufacturer's requirements for joint sealer finish. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 23 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink 3.06 Concrete Finishing A. Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork. B. Unexposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in height. C. Exposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off and smooth fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in height. Provide finish as follows: 1. Smooth Rubbed Finish: Wet concrete and rub with carborundum brick or other abrasive, not more than 24 hours after form removal. 2. Grout Cleaned Finish: Wet areas to be cleaned and apply grout mixture by brush or spray; scrub immediately to remove excess grout. After drying, rub vigorously with clean burlap, and keep moist for 36 hours. 3. Cork Floated Finish: Immediately after form removal, apply grout with trowel or firm rubber float; compress grout with low -speed grinder, and apply final texture with cork float. D. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.1R. E. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces uniformly to drains as indicated on drawings. 3.07 Curing and Protection A. Comply with requirements of ACI PRC-308. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. 1. Normal concrete: Not less than seven days. 2. High early strength concrete: Not less than four days. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period. D. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms: 1. Final Curing: Begin after initial curing but before surface is dry. a. Moisture -Retaining Cover: Seal in place with waterproof tape or adhesive. b. Curing Compound: Apply in two coats at right angles, using application rate recommended by manufacturer. 3.08 Field Quality Control CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 24 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 Copyright 2023 SpecLink A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests. B. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm. C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of concrete operations. D. Tests of concrete and concrete materials may be performed at any time to ensure compliance with specified requirements. E. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C39/C39M, for each test, mold and cure three concrete test cylinders. Obtain test samples for every 100 cubic yards or less of each class of concrete placed. F. Take one additional test cylinder during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents. G. Perform one slump test for each set of test cylinders taken, following procedures of ASTM C143/C143M. 3.09 Defective Concrete A. Test Results: The testing agency shall report test results in writing to Engineer and Contractor within 24 hours of test. B. Defective Concrete: Concrete not complying with required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. C. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Engineer. The cost of additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when defective concrete is identified. D. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Engineer for each individual area. 3.10 Schedule - Concrete Types and Finishes A. Structural Walls: 3,000 psi 28 day concrete or as indicated on drawings. END OF SECTION 03 30 00 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 25 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 SECTION 13 3123 PRE-ENGINEERED SHADE STRUCTURES PART 1— GENERAL CpNFpR 7 7/79 202D SEA, 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The shade structure contractor shall be responsible for the design, engineering, fabrication, supply, and installation of the work specified herein. The intent of this specification is to have only one single contractor responsible for all the above functions. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Shade Structures must comply with the latest revision of applicable codes and regulations including IBC 2021. B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) C. American Welding Society: Structural Welding Code AWS D1.1: Symbols for Welding and Nondestructive Testing AWS 2.3. D. International Accreditation Services (IAS) E. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): Specifications for the design, fabrication, and erection of structural steel. F. Texas Department of Insurance (TDI) G. Texas Windstorm Insurance Association (TWIA) 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide proof of installed reference sites with six structures for similar scope of project and installation that are engineered to IBC 2021 Specifications. B. Provide a minimum of 13 fabric samples to demonstrate fabric color range and powder color selections. C. Provide proof of all quality assurance items including: 1. A list of at least three reference projects that have been installed in the last 10 years. 2. Proof of general liability, professional liability, and umbrella insurance as per section 1.5 C. 3. Proof of a minimum of $6,000,000 aggregate bonding capacity as per Section 1.5 D. 4. Proof of IAS Certification per Section 1.5 E. 5. Proof of a Corporate Safety Program along with an Injury & Illness Prevention Program. 6. Proof of an Annual Maintenance Inspection Program 7. Proof of Corporate Quality Control Manual as per Section 1.5 F 1.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE Pre -Engineered Structures Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 13 31 23- 1 Fabrication and erection are limited to firms with proven experience in design and construction of fabric shade structures and such firms shall meet the following minimum requirements. No substitutions shall be allowed for the following: A. A single shade contractor shall design, engineer, manufacture, and erect the fabric shade structures including the foundations. B. All bidders shall have at least 15 years' experience in the design, engineering, manufacturing, and installation of shade structures. C. All bidders shall engineer to IBC 2021 requirements with similar scope. D. All bidders shall be able to provide proof of a minimum of $1,000,000 general/public liability insurance, $3,000,000 professional liability (PL) insurance, and an additional $5,000,000 umbrella/excess liability insurance. E. All bidders shall be licensed and bonded with a minimum bonding capacity of $6,000,000. F. Steel manufacturer shall be accredited by IAS (International Accreditation Service) for Structural Steel Fabrication under UBC 97 & 2000 Section 1701.7 and IBC 2021 Section 1704.2.2. G. The shade contractor shall have a Corporate Quality Control program and manual describing their complete quality assurance program. H. All bidders must have an in-house warranty & service department and local office to assist in repairs and service calls. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify layout information for the shade structure(s) shown on the project drawings in relation to the existing structures, and verify locations by field measurements prior to construction for the shade structures. 1.7 WARRANTY A. The successful bidder shall provide a 12-month warranty on all labor and materials. B. A supplemental warranty from the manufacturer shall be provided for a period of 10 years (pro -rated) on fabric and 10 years on the structural integrity of the steel from the date of substantial completion. C. The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights under the provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Scope: (1) Multi -post Sail structure 50' 0" x 80' 0" x 10' 0" entry height. The columns will be a minimum of HSS 12.75 x 0.406 and the footings will be a minimum of 8' x 8' x 3' deep. B. The structures shall be manufactured by Shade Structures, Inc. or approved equivalent and include the structural steel column, fabric panels, steel cables, all fasteners, and installation. Project management and spread footing foundations will also be included. Pre -Engineered Structures Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 13 31 23- 2 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, Contact: Shade Structures, Inc. USA SHADE & Fabric Structures Contact Name: Steve Dooling Cell Phone: 205-310-6529 E-Mail: steve.dooling@usa-shade.com DFW International Commerce Park 2580 Esters Blvd, Suite 100 DFW Airport, TX 75261 C. To qualify as an approved equivalent, please submit requested manufacturer as a question through "CIVCAST" by October 30th, 2024, before 4:00 p.m. CT. Refer to 00 72 00 General Conditions; Article 12-Change Management; 12.04 Substitutions for final substitution approval requirements at the submittal phase. D. The shade structure shall conform to the current adopted version of the International Building Code 2021 and local agency additions and amendments. E. All shade structures are engineered and designed to meet a minimum of 145 mph wind load, with fabrics removed and 115 mph with fabrics on Exposure C and live load of 5 Ibs/sfz. All shade structures shall be engineered with a zero wind pass -through factor on the fabric. When ASD Steel Design Method is used based on IBC 2021 Section 1605.3.1 the Dead + 0.75 of Live + 0.75 of Wind Load cases must be combined. NO EXCEPTIONS. F. Steel: 1. All steel members of the shade structure shall be designed in strict accordance with the requirements of the "American Institute of Steel Construction" (AISC) Specifications and the "American Iron and Steel Institute" (AISI) Specifications for Cold Formed Members and manufactured in a IAS (International Accreditation Service) accredited facility for Structural Steel Fabrication as per IBC 2021 Section 1704.2.2. 2. All connections shall have a maximum internal sleeving tolerance of .0625 inches using high tensile strength steel sections with a minimum sleeve length of 6 inches. 3. All non -hollow structural steel members shall comply with ASTM A-36. All hollow structural steel members shall be cold formed, high strength steel and comply with ASTM A-500, Grade C. All steel plates shall comply with ASTM A-572, Grade 50. All galvanized steel tubing shall be triple coated for rust protection using an in -line electro- plating coat process. All galvanized steel tubing shall be internally coated with zinc and organic coatings to prevent corrosion. All 4. All steel and hardware which is not pre -galvanized shall be hot dipped galvanized in compliance with ASTM A123/A123M (For Iron and Steel Products) and or ASTM A153/A153M (For iron and Steel Hardware). G. Welding: 1. All shop -welded connections of the shade structure shall be designed and performed in strict accordance with the requirements of the "American Welding Society" (AWS) Specifications. Structural welds shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Pre -Engineered Structures Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 13 31 23- 3 the "Prequalified" welded joints where applicable and by certified welders. No onsite or field welding shall be permitted. 2. All full penetration welds shall be continuously inspected by an independent inspection agency and shall be tested to the requirement of IBC 2021 and local agency additions and amendments. H. Paint System, Three -Part: a. Source Quality Control: Primary materials shall be obtained from a single manufacturer. Second materials shall be those recommended by the primary manufacturer. b. Surface Preparation and Base Coat 1) The surface shall be commercial blast cleaned in conformance with SSPC-SP10, after all fabrication operations such as machining and welding are completed. There shall be no more than an eight hour time lapse between the surface preparation and the application of the primate coat. 2) The base coat shall be Sherman Williams inorganic zinc rich coating (zinc clad II ethyl silicate). Color gray -green or approved equal and shall conform to SSPC- Paint 20. 3) The primer shall be mixed and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall meet the requirements of SSPC Paint Specification No. 20. The minimum thickness shall be 2.0 to 4.0 mils dft. c. Intermediate Coat 1) The intermediate coat shall be Sherman Williams Macropoxy 646 fast cure epoxy color Mil white or light blue or approved equal and shall conform to SSPC Paint Specification 22. 2) The surface preparation is to conform to SSPC-SP10/NANCE 2. 3) The intermediate coat shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The minimum thickness shall be 4.0 — 6.0 mils dft. d. Finish Coat 1) The finish coat shall be Sherman Williams Hi -Solid Polyurethane (semi -gloss), or approved equal, and shall conform to SSPC — Paint number 36, Level 3. 2) The finish coat shall be mixed and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the minimum thickness shall be 3.0 to 4.0 mils dft. a. Three -Part System Thickness: The minimum system thickness shall be 10.0 mils dft. b. Color: The paint color shall be as selected by the Architect. c. Finish Quality: The dry paint shall be uniform and continuous with no voids or puddles and shall not be broken by scratches or nicks. Although the Subcontractor's Quality Assurance personnel may witness the painting operation, this does not relieve the Painting Subcontractor of the responsibility for meeting the quality and workmanship requirements of these specifications. Pre -Engineered Structures Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 13 31 23- 4 d. Care and Handling: The painting subcontractor shall make every reasonable effort to ensure that the painted steel is thoroughly dry and that it is handled carefully to prevent damage to the paint and to reduce field repairs. Nylon slings should be used when handling the painted steel. e. Certification: The painting subcontractor shall be required to certify the paint manufacturer's name, paint identification, conformance with manufacturer's written instructions, and the paint dry mil thickness. I. Tension Cable: Steel cable is determined based on calculated engineering loads. 1. For light and medium loads, %" (nominal) stainless steel 7 x 19 strand cable to be used. 2. For heavy loads, 3/8" (nominal) stainless steel 7 x 19 cable to be used. J. Fabric Roof Systems 1. UV Shade Fabric: a. Commercial Heavy UV shade fabric is made of a UV -stabilized, high -density polyethylene (HDPE), as manufactured by Gale Pacific. The fabric shall be a heat-stentered, Rachel -knitted, lockstitch fabric with monofilament yarns to ensure that the material will not unravel if cut. b. Fabric Properties: • Life Expectancy: minimum 15 years with continuous exposure to the sun • Fading: minimum fading after 5 years (3 years for Red) - Fabric Mass: 430 gsm +/- 20 (12.7 osy) - Fabric Width: 9 feet 10 inches (3.0 meters) - Roll Length: 131 feet 3 inches (40.0 meters) 2.2 SHIPPING AND HANDLING A. All steel surfaces touched by tie down straps are to be padded before final clinching. This can be accomplished by using carpet pads or factory manufactured padding. B. All dunnage must be padded before painted products are set in place. Smaller and loose pieces must be padded and totally separate from paint padding. C. Unloading: Lift forks to be covered with padding. All dunnage must be padded vertically and horizontally to prevent damage to painted surfaces. When unloading, take care to prevent tools and other hard surface items from making contact. PART 3 — EXECUTION 1.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation of shade structures shall be performed by a bonded contractor by the State of Texas. B. The contractor installing the structure shall comply with manufactures instructions for assembly, installation, and erection per approved drawings. C. Foundations: Pre -Engineered Structures Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 13 31 23- 5 CpNFpR 7 7/79 20D SE2A, 1. All Anchor Bolts set in new concrete shall be ASTM F-1554 GR 55 2. All Anchor Bolts shall be Hot Dipped Galvanized 3. Pier Footings: Minimum footing size shall be 2' diameter x 8' depth and placed in accordance with/ and conform to manufacturers engineered specifications and drawings. 3.3 SAFETY PROCEDURES A. The Contractor is responsible for the coordination of work with other trades. B. All staff personnel are to be dressed and conduct themselves in accordance with OSHA Standards. All staff must be properly trained for equipment that they might use. Safety is a top priority. C. All vehicles and machinery are to be properly licensed and insured and must be operated by licensed operators in accordance with OSHA Standards. All cranes and lifts must be operated in accordance with manufacturer's guidelines. D. The handling of steel during installation is critical. Exercise care when lifting items so that it does not come into contact with other surfaces. Clean sand and other deleterious material from structural items before moving or lifting. Before installation, all items are to be washed with soap and water and dried with cloths. All grease, dust, oils, and other latent materials are to be removed during this washing. When pouring concrete pour backs at columns, protect paint by using plastic and tape to prevent concrete from splashing on finish surfaces. E. All concrete must be cut with a wet diamond blade to ensure that it leaves a clean finish. If at any stage the existing remaining surface lifts, creating a tripping hazard, additional saw cutting will be required so as to leave a neat and uniform joint. F. Cover all open holes at all times with solid plywood and spoils to prevent access until concrete is poured. G. All equipment and/or product must be stored inside fenced area. END OF SECTION 13 31 23 Pre -Engineered Structures Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure-23041 13 31 23- 6 SECTION 26 01 00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202� SET A. The Contractor shall execute all work as hereinafter specified, as shown on the drawings or as necessary to provide complete and functioning systems. All items of labor, material or equipment not required in detail by the specifications or drawings, but incidental to or necessary for the complete installation and proper operation of all phases of work described herein, or reasonably implied in connection therewith, shall be furnished as if called for in detail by the specifications or drawings. 1.02 LAWS AND ORDINANCES: A. All work and materials shall conform to the requirements of the federal, state, and local laws and ordinances having jurisdiction at the jobsite. The installation shall be in strict accordance with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC). The Contractor at no increase in contract price shall make all modifications to the work, which may be required by an authority having legal jurisdiction over the work. 1.03 LICENSES, FEES AND PERMITS: A. The Contractor shall have a Master Electrician license issued by or acceptable to the city in which the work is to be performed. Additionally, and at all times while work is being performed, for every five or less craftsman working on the project site, at least one craftsman shall have a Journeyman Electrician license issued by or acceptable to the city in which the work is to be performed. A city electrical construction permit will be required for this project. 1.04 THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: A. The drawings and specifications shall be interpreted together, and any and all work included in either, though not in both, shall be part of the contracted work. The drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction of the project and existing job site conditions will permit. Any changes due to equipment supplied, conflict with the work of other trades or to make this work conform to the National Electrical Code shall be made by the Contractor at no increase in contract price. 1.05 SITE CONDITIONS: A. Before submitting his bid, the Contractor shall visit the site and familiarize himself with all existing conditions and his bid shall be based on accepting conditions as they exist. 1.06 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. All materials and equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be new. Materials and equipment shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of such materials and equipment. Where two or more units of the same item are required, they shall be products of a single manufacturer. The Contractor shall unload and properly store all electrical materials and equipment delivered to the jobsite. 1.07 UTILITY CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE: A. The Contractor shall make arrangements for connection with the electrical utility company that will serve the jobsite and shall comply with all the rules, regulations and requirements of the utility company. The Contractor shall examine the site, confer with the utility company and ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS - 26 01 00 Page 1 of 5 CpNFpR 77/79 202� SET verify the requirements for connections prior to bidding the work. The Contractor shall verify with the utility company the exact location of service tie-in points, cable routes, etc. Failure of the Contractor to contact the utility company and obtain such information prior to bidding the work shall not be considered as a basis for additional compensation. Where outages to existing electrical service are required, the Contractor shall coordinate the timing and duration of such outages with Owner's representative. B. The Contractor shall furnish and install a meter enclosure for the utility company meter. The enclosure and installation shall be in accordance with utility company requirements. 1.08 SAFETY: A. It shall be the responsibility of the electrical Contractor to initiate, maintain, and supervise all safety precautions required by local, state, and federal laws, including OSHA. 1.09 SUBMITTALS: A. Submittals for Approval: 1. Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00 except as otherwise stated herein. 2. Within 30 calendar days after award of contract, the Contractor shall furnish seven (7) sets of drawings and data as described herein for Engineer approval. No item of equipment or material shall be ordered or shipped to the job site until the Engineer has given written approval of the submittal data. 3. The submittal data shall be bound in a 3-ring binder with dividers. The binder shall include a cover and a table of contents with the contractors name as well as the name of the project. All data shall be divided by specification section. 4. The submittal data for each item shall include descriptive literature, performance data, shop drawings technical literature and any other necessary data to readily identify that the equipment will meet the requirements of the drawings and specifications. 5. One complete submittal of drawings and data shall be made for all required items. Partial or incomplete submittals will be returned without comment. All copies furnished shall be manufacturer's original copies of good quality, legible photocopies or blue line prints. Copies transmitted by facsimile machine are not acceptable. 6. Submittal documents shall be job specific. Where manufacturer's standard drawings or catalog sheets are provided, they shall be marked to show specifically what is being furnished. Drawings shall be marked to show Owner's name, plant location, project description and equipment designation. 7. Substitutions for specified products shall be in compliance with Paragraph 1.10. 8. The Contractor shall review all manufacturers' submittals for completeness, accuracy and compliance with project specifications before submitting to Engineer. 9. The Engineer will review the complete submittal package and return five (5) sets to the Contractor with individual items marked in one of the following three forms: Reviewed as submitted Reviewed with comments Disapproved Items that are disapproved shall be corrected as required and shall be resubmitted to the Engineer for approval. B. Approval of submittals, etc. shall not be construed as releasing the Contractor from further responsibility, but rather as a means to coordinate the work and to aid in the proper selection and installation of the materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be subject to final acceptance by the Engineer at completion of the project. C. Submittal of Record Data: ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS - 26 01 00 Page 2 of 5 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202� SET 1. Record Data: Provide seven (7) sets of record data books containing information listed below. The material shall be bound into appropriately sized 3 ring binders, organized with dividers and index sheets. The binders shall be appropriately labeled with the Owner's name, project name and location. The data books shall include: a. Certified as -built shop drawings for all fabricated equipment. b. Approved product data for all items required in Paragraph 1.09A. c. Spare parts lists d. Test records. 2. Record Drawings: Provide one (1) set of project drawings marked neatly and legibly in colored pencil to show any significant deviation between actual conditions and original design layout. 3. Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide seven (7) sets of manufacturer's operation and maintenance data on equipment and components. The data shall be organized into loose- leaf binders with dividers and master index. 1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS: A. Requirements for Substitutions: It is the intention of the drawings and specifications to establish a definite standard when a particular manufacturer's product is mentioned. Written requests for substitutions of equivalent products will be considered during the construction phase of the project provided all the following conditions are met. Substitutions for specified products will not be permitted unless all of the following conditions are met: 1. Manufacturer's Substitution requests shall be submitted as a question through CIVCAST by October 30th, 2024, before 4:00pm. B. During Construction, substitution requests for specified products shall be submitted with the following information: 1. Request shall include complete technical data, i.e. product data sheets, curve, ratings, etc. Request shall include a complete written comparison of differences and similarities between the proposed and specified product. Provide a written comparison for each substitution being requested. 3. Space and clearance requirements are adequate for products mentioned. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify space and clearance requirements for products proposed for substitution. 4. If modifications to the drawings and specifications are necessary for the proper installation of a product proposed for substitution, the request shall explain such in detail, accompanied by drawings if necessary. 5. Requests for substitutions will not be permitted unless all of the above conditions are met. 1.11 PROTECTION: A. All new work, equipment and materials shall be protected at all times to prevent damage or breakage, either in transit, storage, installation or testing. All openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during installation. All materials and equipment shall be covered and protected against dirt, water, chemical or mechanical injury. This shall include the erection of all required temporary shelters, cribbing of any apparatus above floor construction and covering of apparatus in incomplete buildings with tarpaulins or other protective covering. Temporary electric heaters shall be installed to keep the apparatus dry. All rotating equipment and/or machinery shall be properly lubricated and rotated on a regular basis. All electrical materials ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS - 26 01 00 Page 3 of 5 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202� SET and equipment damaged during handling, storage, and installation, until the Owner has accepted the project, shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor with no increase in contract price. 1.12 COORDINATION: A. The Contractor shall not hinder and/or delay any work being accomplished by other construction companies at or near the general construction site; nor shall the Contractor impede normal operation of the Owner at any time except as otherwise indicated. 1.13 WORKMANSHIP: A. All labor shall be performed in the best and most workmanlike manner by mechanics skilled in their particular trades. All installations shall be complete in both effectiveness and appearance whether finally enclosed or left exposed. The Engineer reserves the right to direct the removal or replacement of any item which, in his opinion, does not present a reasonably neat or workmanlike appearance, providing that same can be properly installed in an orderly way by usual methods for such work. All specialties and appurtenances shall be installed to conform to the manufacturer's recommendations unless otherwise specified. 1.14 EQUIPMENT BY OTHERS: A. This Contractor shall make electrical connections to equipment installed by other trades. The mechanical contractor shall install all motor driven equipment and motors furnished under this contract. 1. The Contractor shall verify the electrical requirements of equipment and appliances furnished by others with data provided by the successful vendor or vendors. The Contractor shall provide the proper sized circuits, circuit breakers, starters, disconnect switches, receptacles, etc. as required to connect this equipment. If changes are required to electrical systems shown on the drawings, the Contractor shall make these changes at no additional cost to Owner. 1.15 CUTTING AND REPAIRING: A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work to eliminate cutting of the construction except as specified. Where it becomes necessary to cut through the construction to permit the installation of work or the repair of defective work, it shall be done by mechanics skilled in the trade of erecting the type of work involved. The Contractor without additional compensation shall pay the cost of cutting and repairing. No cutting shall be done to any structural members unless the Engineer grants specific permission, in writing. 1.16 SLEEVES, INSERTS, SUPPORTS, ANCHOR BOLTS, FLASHING AND FOUNDATIONS: A. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, supports, anchor bolts, flashing, counter flashing and foundations required for the proper installation of the proposed work. 1.17 CLEANING: A. All debris resulting from the construction shall be removed from the project site daily. Upon completion of the project, unused materials and equipment shall be removed from the project site. All visible labels, dirt overspray, paint, grease, and stains shall be removed from all electrical equipment. Labels indicating testing laboratory approval or giving parts numbers shall be left in place. 1.18 TESTING: ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS - 26 01 00 Page 4 of 5 CpNFpR 77/79 202� SET A. The Contractor shall test the entire wiring system for proper voltage level and balance, and for short circuits and grounds in accordance with established methods upon completion of work. The system shall operate satisfactorily in every respect. This Contractor shall make all corrections to accomplish such. 1.19 INSPECTIONS: A. The Contractor shall cooperate with and provide assistance to the Engineer or the Engineer's Inspector in making periodic and final inspections of the work. This assistance shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the furnishing of labor, tools, etc. to operate equipment and demonstrate its proper functioning. Also included shall be the removal of outlet, junction box and panel covers, etc. as necessary for the Engineer to inspect the work. 1.20 GUARANTEE: A. Any defects from imperfect or improper materials or faults arising from improper workmanship that may appear within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of final acceptance of the system shall be amended and made good by the Contractor at his own cost. Any defects or faults shall be attended to within ten (10) days after receiving written notice from the Engineer. Failure to promptly attend to said defects or faults shall be sufficient cause for the Owner to correct the problem with the Owner's forces or the forces of others and invoice the Contractor for any and all charges, including management and overhead, related to correcting said problem. END OF SECTION 26 01 00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS - 26 01 00 Page 5 of 5 SECTION 26 06 00 GROUNDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET 1. Solid grounding of electrical systems, equipment, machine frames, enclosures, appliances and structures. 2. Basic requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems. 3. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other sections of these Specifications. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. B3 Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. 2. B8 Standard Specification for Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium -Hard or Soft. 3. B33 Standard Specification for Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 National Electrical Code 2. 78 Lightning Protection Code C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 1. 467 UL Standard for Safety Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS — FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00 and 26 01 00. B. Product Data: Submit for grounding conductors, ground rods, clamps, connectors, wells and insulating materials. 1.04 SUBMITTALS — RECORD DATA: GROUNDING - 26 06 00 Page 1 of 4 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET A. Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00. B. Product Data: Approved, as furnished data as listed above. C. Test Reports 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Items provided under this Section shall be listed or labeled by UL. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Provide components and installation as required by National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70, Article 250. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. Provide products in quantities, sizes and ratings to comply with the NEC or the design drawings, whichever requirements are more stringent. B. Conductor Materials: Copper C. Connector Materials: Copper or bronze, tin-plated where required for corrosion resistance. 2.02 CONDUCTORS: A. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Soft drawn copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8, 600 volt TW, THW or THWN insulation. Size per NEC 250. B. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Soft drawn copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8 except that conductor sizes Nos. 12 and 10 AWG used in lighting and receptacle branch circuits may be solid conductor. All conductors shall have 600 volt, TW, THW or THWN insulation. C. Grounding Grid Conductor: Medium hard drawn bare copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8, No. 2/0 AWG or as otherwise indicated on the drawings. D. Color Code: Insulation color shall be green, except that sizes No. 2 AWG and larger may be black with green colored tape spirally applied over all visible surfaces within enclosures. 2.03 WIRE CONNECTORS: A. Terminal Lugs: Copper alloy, tin-plated, compression type, Burndy type, YA, NEMA 1 hole for sizes No. 6 through No. 1/0 AWG. Burndy type YGHA, NEMA 2 hole pad for sizes No. 2/0 AWG and larger. B. Split Bolt Connectors: Burndy SERVIT, type KS GROUNDING - 26 06 00 Page 2 of 4 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET C. Taps and Splices: 1. Grounding Grid below Grade: Exothermic type (Cadweld) or compression type (Burndy Hyground). 2. Above Grade: Compression type. 2.04 CONDUIT CONNECTORS: A. Conduit Clamps: Burndy type GAR or GD. B. Grounding Bushings: 0-Z/GEDNEY 2.05 GROUNDING ELECTRODES: A. Ground Rods: 3/4 inch diameter, 10 feet long, copper clad steel with high strength sheath, molten welded to core. B. Rod Connectors: 1. Exothermic type: Cadweld 2. Mechanical type: Burndy type GAR or GD C. Test Wells: (Not Required) 2.06 INSULATING MATERIALS: A. Tape: Scotch 33+ vinyl plastic. B. Mastic Pads: Scotch EZ — Seal PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Provide grounding of systems, equipment and structures in accordance with NEC Article 250, the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction and the design drawings. B: Service Entrance: 1. Not applicable. B. Building Steel and Piping: 1. Not applicable. GROUNDING - 26 06 00 Page 3 of 4 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET E. Equipment Grounding: 1. Provide a green insulated equipment grounding conductor in all branch circuits and feeder conduits. Size conductor in accordance with NEC 250 unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 2. Connect the equipment grounding conductor to panelboard or switchgear ground bus and to all metallic raceways, outlet boxes, lighting fixtures, equipment enclosures, appliances and motor frames. 3. Where metallic raceways are installed, both the raceway and the internal equipment grounding conductor shall be utilized for equipment grounding. F. Grounding Grid: 1. Not applicable G. Conduit: 1. Provide grounding bushings where metallic conduits connect to non-metallic enclosures or stub -up into open -bottom, floor -mounted enclosures. 2. Provide conduit grounding clamps where metallic conduit stub -ups are connected to non- metallic underground conduits. END OF SECTION 26 06 00 GROUNDING - 26 06 00 Page 4 of 4 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202� SET SECTION 26 07 50 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment nameplates and labels 2. Warning and caution signs 3. Operational instruction signs 4. Identification labeling of conduits, cables B. Related Sections: 1. Additional identification requirements are specified in other Sections of Division 26. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1. 29CFR1910.145 Specification for Accident Prevention Signs B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. 70 National Electrical Code 1.03 SUBMITTALS FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00 and 26 01 00. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of product used on project. C. Schedules: Nameplate engraving schedule. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS: A. Engraved Nameplates and Signs: 1. Material: 3 ply plastic laminate, matte -finish, 0.125 inch thickness, white with black center core except that material used for warning signs shall be red with white center core. Provide punched mounting holes for mechanical fasteners. 2. Size: Minimum size to be 1 inch by 2.5 inches, rectangular shape with square corners. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION - 26 07 50 Page 1 of 4 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET 3. Engraving: Accurately align lettering and engrave into center core. Lettering shall be normal block style. Character size shall be 3/8 inch high for grouped equipment and load designation and inch for individual equipment, loads and devices. B. Warning Signs: 1. Fiberglass reinforced polyester, non -adhesive backed, indoor -outdoor with punched mounting holes, Brady B-120. 2. Polyester overlaminate with plastic coating, adhesive -backed, indoor -outdoor, Brady B- 302. 3. High Voltage warning signs to read "Danger -High Voltage -Keep Out." 4. Provide identical signs for each application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Provide labels and signs in accordance with NEC requirements. 2. Install labels and signs at locations for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. 3. All nameplates and signs used on the project shall be of similar size, style and appearance. B. Equipment Nameplates: 1. Provide engraved identification nameplates for each of the following: a. Panelboards b. Circuit breakers c. Switches d. Contactors e. Pull and junction boxes 2. Nameplate legends shall include the equipment identification number as indicated on the design drawings and an appropriate service description. 3. Nameplates for switchgear assemblies, panelboards, and separately enclosed breakers, switches, starters and contactors shall include the operating voltage. 4. Attach engraved nameplates to equipment with self -tapping, stainless steel, round head screws. Use adhesive attachment only where the substrate material is not suitable for screw attachment. C. Warning Signs: ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION - 26 07 50 Page 2 of 4 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET 1. Voltage warning signs where required by the NEC, where indicated on drawing and as follows: a. Equipment Rooms: On all doors to equipment rooms containing equipment or circuits over 600 volts or containing exposed live parts. Minimum size shall be 7 inches x 10 inches. b. Pull Boxes: On removable covers for all pull and junction boxes containing circuits over 600 volts. c. Equipment: On front and rear compartment access doors and covers enclosing live parts. Signs provided as part of equipment that meet these requirements are acceptable. d. Fences: On each gate and on each side of fences that enclose equipment or circuits over 600 volts or exposed live parts. Minimum size shall be 10 inches by 14 inches. Locate at intervals not exceeding 30 feet. 2. Multiple Source Signs: a. Where enclosures contain voltages from more than one source which are not interrupted by opening the local unit disconnecting means, provide an engraved nameplate bearing the following (or similar) legend: "WARNING — MULTIPLE ELECTRICAL SOURCES EXIST WITHIN THIS ENCLOSURE" OR "WARNING — VOLTAGE MAY BE PRESENT WITH DISCONNECT SWITCH OPEN" 3. Hazardous Operation: a. Where operation of an electric switch or control device may create an unsafe or undesirable operating condition, provide an engraved plastic sign with appropriate warning statement. D. Multiple Services: 1. Where multiple services exist, provide each service disconnect with an additional sign which states the name and location of other service disconnects. E. Conduits: 1. Identify conduits at each termination and at all transitions from exposed to concealed or underground installation. 2. Mark conduits legibly with a permanent marker pen to indicate conduit per circuit number. F. Cables: ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION - 26 07 50 Page 3 of 4 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202. SET 1. Identify cables in pull and junction boxes, vaults, manholes and where entering switchgear panelboard assembly. 2. Provide an engraved plastic nameplate or other suitable permanent tag for each cable or cable assembly. Attach with self-locking nylon cable tie. 3. Cable identification shall include circuit number and phase as indicated on drawings. END OF SECTION 26 07 50 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION - 26 07 50 Page 4 of 4 SECTION 26 12 30 WIRE & CABLE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: CONF0R 77/79 202D SET A. Section includes copper wire, cable, associated connectors, and termination hardware used on systems operating at 600 volts or less. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. B8 Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductor, Hard, Medium Hard, Or Soft. B. National Electrical Contractor Association (NECA) 1. Standard of Installation C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. 70 National Electrical Code D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 1. 44 Rubber -Insulated Wires and Cables 2. 83 Thermoplastic -Insulated Wires and Cables 3. 486A Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use With Copper Conductors 4. 486C Splicing Wire Connectors 5. 510 Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber Insulating Tape 6. 1569 Metal -Clad Cables 1.03 SUBMITTALS — FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedures: Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00 and 26 01 00. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of wire and cable, terminal lugs, connectors, and cable fittings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS — RECORD DATA: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00. B. Product Data: Approved, as furnished data as listed above. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: WIRE & CABLE - 26 12 30 Page 1 of 5 CONFORMED 20D SET 2 A. Furnish wire, cable, associated connectors, and termination hardware bearing UL label. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BUILDING WIRE: A. Single conductor, soft drawn, annealed copper conductor, Class B stranded except that sizes No. 10 AWG and smaller used for lighting and power branch circuits may be solid. Insulation shall be 600 volt, type THHN/THWN per UL 83 or type XHHW per UL 44. 2.02 TYPE MC CABLE: Metal Clad Cable type MC multi -conductor cabling as manufactured by AFC Cable Systems or equivalent having the following construction features: A. Conductor: Bare, soft annealed copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8. B. Insulation: Polypropylene tape assembly with 600 volt, 90°C (dry) type THHN insulation with printed number and color identification. C. Neutral conductor: White — 120v circuits; Gray— 480Y277v circuits D. Grounding conductor: Green insulated copper ground conductor. E. Assembly: Three insulated conductors with grounding conductor, non -hygroscopic fillers and overall binder tape per UL 1569. F. Sheath: High strength, lightweight galvanized interlocking steel strip and color coded on the out side for easy identification. G. U.L rated 1569 2.03 CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS: A. Insulated Crimp Type Connectors and Terminals: Nylon insulated, Burndy INSULINK and INSULUG, or Thomas & Betts Sta-Kon. B. Split Bolts: High -conductivity copper alloy, Burndy SERVIT or Thomas & Betts Split -Bolt. C. Two Bolt Connectors: High -conductivity copper alloy, Burndy OKLIP, Type KVS or Blackburn 2BU. D. Compression Terminals: Copper, long barrel, Burndy HYLUG or Thomas & Betts Color -Keyed. E. Bolted Terminals: Cast copper alloy, Burndy QIKLUG or Thomas & Betts Locktite. F. Spring Wire Connectors: Insulated, twist -on type, Ideal Wire Nut or 3M Scotchlok. Push -in type connectors are prohibited. 2.04 CABLE TERMINATIONS: WIRE & CABLE - 26 12 30 Page 2 of 5 CONFORMED 20D SET 2 A. Type MC Cable: Steel set screw connectors 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS: A. Tape: UL 510 1. Vinyl Plastic: 3M Scotch 33+ or Scotch 88. 2. Varnished Cambric (VC): 3M Irvington 2920. 3. Friction: Black friction tape. B. Pulling Lubricants: Ideal Yellow 77 or Polywater Type J. C. Wire Markers: 1. Individual Wires: Heat shrink, machine printed, Raychem. 2. Multi -Conductor Cables or Groups of Wires as a Cable: Nylon tie on marker, Thomas & Betts Nylon I.D. Ties, Ty -Raps. D. Wire and Cable Ties: Thomas & Betts Ty -Raps. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION: A. Wire and Cable: 1. THWN-THHN for power wiring through No. 250 AWG and control wiring in conduit. XHHW for sizes above No. 250 AWG in conduit. 2. TW or THW for equipment grounding conductor. 3. Type MC cable for fixture wipes no longer than 6' and in accordance with NEC Article 334. 4. No. 12 AWG minimum for power circuits and No. 14 AWG minimum for control circuits unless noted otherwise on drawings. B. Splices and Taps: 1. Use insulated spring wire connectors for lighting and receptacle branch circuits No. 10 AWG and smaller. Push -in type connectors are prohibited. 2. Use solderless pressure connectors for branch circuit conductors No. 8 AWG and larger. 3. Do not make splices or taps in feeder circuits or control circuits. C. Terminals: 1. Use copper compression terminals, NEMA 1 hole for sizes No. 4 AWG and smaller, NEMA 2 hole for sizes No. 2 AWG and larger. 2. Use insulated, ring tongue terminals for signal and control conductors. WIRE & CABLE - 26 12 30 Page 3 of 5 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Install wire and cable in accordance with the NECA Standard of Installation. B. Installation in Conduit: 1. Swab conduits completely and thoroughly before pulling in conductors. 2. Pull all conductors into conduit at same time. 3. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire No. 4 AWG and larger. 4. Do not pull in conductors until conduit system is completed. Do not pull through boxes, fittings or enclosures where a change of conduit alignment or direction occurs. 5. Limit pulling tension to maximum values as recommended by manufacturer. 6. Do not combine circuits into a common conduit other than as indicated on the drawings. C. Direct Burial Cable: 1. Trench and backfill for direct burial cables. Minimum depth of installation shall be 24 inches. 2. Terminate and ground metallic cable sheath with suitable fittings. D. Compression Connectors and Terminals: 1. Install on wire and cable with approved tool and die to recommended compression pressure. Do not cut strands from conductors to fit lugs or terminals. E. Bolted Connectors and Terminals: 1. Torque to manufacturer's recommended foot-pounds for size and class of connector. 2. Where manufacturer's published torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with UL 486A torque values. 3. Use galvanized steel bolts, nuts, split -lock washers and flat washers on terminal connections. F. Wiring in Enclosures: 1. Form and tie conductors in panelboards, cabinets, control panels, motor controllers, wireways, and wiring troughs in a neat and orderly manner. 2. Use Thomas & Betts wire and cable ties of appropriate size and type. 3. Limit spacing between ties to not more than 6 inches. G. Taping: 1. Above Ground and Dry Locations: Fill voids and irregularities with half -lapped layers of VC (two minimum) or electrical insulation putty. Insulate with three half -lapped layers of vinyl plastic and one half -layer of friction tape. 2. In damp or wet locations, wrap insulated spring wire connectors with 2 layers of vinyl plastic tape. WIRE & CABLE - 26 12 30 Page 4 of 5 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET 3.03 COLOR CODING: A. Power Wiring: Provide color coding for single and multi -conductor power circuits as follows: Voltage OA 1)B 1)C Neutral 240 volts and below Black Red Blue White 250 — 600 volts Brown Purple Yellow Gray 1. For specified insulation and jackets not manufactured with integral colors, use conductors with black insulation or jacket and color -coding tape. 2. Color code conductors entering boxes, troughs, cabinets, and other enclosures. 3. Color code conductors in wireways, trenches, and other locations where conductors are continuously accessible at intervals not exceeding 5 feet. B. Insulated Equipment Ground: Green. C. Isolated Ground conductor: Green with Yellow tracer. 3.04 WIRING IDENTIFICATION A. Control Circuits: Install a permanent wire label at each termination. Identifying numbers shall match approved schematic and wiring diagrams. B. Feeder and Branch Circuits: Install a permanent wire label at each termination. Identifying numbers shall include source panel designation and circuit number. 3.05 FIELD TESTS: A. Test conductors after installation is complete and prior to connection to equipment. B. Perform insulation resistance test on each conductor phase -to -ground with adjacent conductors grounded and test conductor disconnected from equipment. Applied potential shall be 1000 volts do for one minute. Minimum acceptable test values shall be 50 megohms. Investigate deviations in test values between adjacent phases. C. Verify tightness of bolted connections with a calibrated torque wrench. Torque values shall be terminal lug manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 26 12 30 WIRE & CABLE - 26 12 30 Page 5 of 5 SECTION 26 13 60 RACEWAYS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (RGS) 2. PVC -Coated Rigid Steel Conduit (CRGS) 3. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC) 4. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) 5. PVC Conduit (PVC) 6. Flexible Conduit 7.Associated Fittings 8. W ireways 9. Pull and Junction Boxes 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. C80.1 Rigid Steel Conduit- Zinc Coated 2. C80.3 Electrical Metallic Tubing - Zinc Coated 3. C80.5 Rigid Aluminum Conduit B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): C. D. 1. TC 2 Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit 2. TC 3 PVC Fitting for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit 3. TC 13 Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT) 4. TC 14 Filament -Wound Reinforced Thermosetting National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 National Electrical Code Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): CONF0R 77/79 202D SET (EPC-40 and EPC-80) and Tubing Resin Conduit and Fittings. 1. 1 Flexible Metal Conduit 2. 5 Surface Metal Raceways and Fittings 3. 5A Nonmetallic Surface Raceways and Fittings 4. 6 Rigid Metal Conduit 5. 360 Liquid -Tight Flexible Steel Conduit 6. 514B Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes 7. 797 Electrical Metallic Tubing 8. 870 Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings 9. 886 Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations 10. 1660 Liquid -Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit 1.03 SUBMITTALS - FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00 and 26 01 00. RACEWAYS - 26 13 60 Page 1 of 7 CONF0R 77/79 202D SET B. Product Data: Submit for each type of conduit, fitting, connector, pull and junction box, and wireway used on the project. 1.04 SUBMITTALS — RECORD DATA: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00. B. Product Data: Approved, as furnished data as listed above. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL (RGS): A. Conduit: Conduit including elbows, couplings, and nipples shall be standard weight zinc -coated steel, rigid threaded conduit; shall meet the requirements of ANSI C80.1; and shall be hot - dipped galvanized inside, outside and over threads and lacquered inside. B. Fittings: Conduit fittings and accessories for use with RGS conduit shall be cast malleable iron or ferrous alloy, hot -dipped galvanized or zinc-electro-plated and lacquered. Fittings shall have threaded hubs and gasketed covers. Fittings shall be the product of Crouse -Hinds, Appleton or Gedney or an equal. C. Boxes: Device and outlet boxes for use with RGS conduit shall be cast malleable iron, hot - dipped galvanized or zinc-electro-plated and lacquered. Boxes shall have threaded hubs and gasketed covers. Boxes shall be the product of Crouse -Hinds, Appleton, Gedney or equal. D. Fasteners and Supports: All clamps, straps, framing and supporting materials shall be hot - dipped galvanized steel or malleable iron. Bolts, nuts, screws, washers, etc. shall be stainless steel. Cadmium -plated or zinc -plated fasteners and hardware will not be acceptable. 2.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC - SCHEDULE 40): A. Conduit: Conduit, elbows and couplings shall be Schedule 40 rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit per NEMA TC 2 with a 90° UL rating, and shall be the standard product of Krayloy or Carlon or approved equal. B. Fittings: Fittings and accessories for use with Schedule 40 PVC conduit shall conform to NEMA TC 3 and shall be of the same material and manufacturer as the conduit. 2.03 PVC COATED STEEL CONDUIT (CRGS): A. Conduit: Prior to coating, all conduits, elbows, couplings, nipples etc. shall be standard weight rigid, threaded steel and shall be hot dipped galvanized inside and out and over the ends. The conduit shall meet the requirements of ANSI C80.1, UL 6, and NEMA RN-1, 1980. B. Fittings: Prior to coating, fittings shall be cast malleable iron, hot dipped galvanized, Appleton Form 35 or Crouse -Hinds or equivalent with cast cover and neoprene gasket. C. Boxes: Device and outlet boxes for use with PVC coated conduit shall be cast malleable iron, hot dipped galvanized with threaded hubs and gasketed cast covers or device plates. Boxes shall be the product of Appleton or Crouse -Hinds. D. PVC Coating: Conduit, fittings, boxes and accessories shall be Plasti-Bond 2 coated, as produced by Robroy Industries Inc. or an approved equal. Before coating, the galvanized surfaces shall be coated with an epoxy -acrylic primer. Exterior surfaces shall have a 40 mil PVC coating applied by dip method. Interior surfaces of conduits, fittings, boxes, etc. shall have a fusion bonded phenolic coating with a thickness of 4-6 mils. RACEWAYS - 26 13 60 Page 2 of 7 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET E. Fasteners and Supports: U-bolts, conduit clamps, straps, modular framing channels shall be 1-5/8- n 1-5/81-1 minimum section dimensions, Type 304 stainless steel, and shall be the product of Unistrut. Fasteners and attachment hardware shall be Type 304 stainless steel. 2.04 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT: A. Conduit: Conduit, including elbows, couplings and nipples shall be standard weight, threaded, rigid aluminum 6063 alloy, with a copper content not to exceed 0.20%. The conduit shall have a silicon or lacquer coating inside. B. Fittings: Fittings, accessories and device boxes for aluminum conduit systems shall be the standard threaded type as manufactured by Crouse -Hinds, Appleton, or equal. Both fittings and covers shall be aluminum containing less than 0.4 of 1 % copper. All screws shall be stainless steel. Covers shall be gasketed. C. Fasteners: All straps and clamps used to support aluminum conduit shall be hot -dipped galvanized steel or malleable iron, with a 40 mil fused PVC coating, Plastibond, Ocal or equivalent. Strut type framing channels shall be either PVC coated galvanized steel or fiberglass. D. Hardware: Nuts, bolts, screws, washers, etc. shall be stainless steel. Galvanized or cadmium - plated hardware will not be acceptable for use with aluminum conduit. 2.05 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT): A. Conduit: Conduit, including elbows, couplings, and nipples shall be hot dipped galvanized steel inside and out with an organic corrosion resistant coating applied to the inside. B. Fittings and Boxes: Conduit fittings, boxes, and accessories for use with EMT conduit shall be cast malleable iron or ferrous alloy, hot -dipped galvanized or zinc-electro-plated and lacquered. Fittings shall be compression type. Setscrew fittings are not acceptable. Fittings shall be the product of Crouse -Hinds, Appleton, OZ Gedney or an equal. C. Fasteners and Supports: All clamps, straps, framing and supporting materials shall be hot - dipped galvanized steel or malleable iron. 2.06 LIQUID -TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: A. Flexible Conduit: Flexible conduit shall have a spiraled, flexible, galvanized steel inner core and an outer jacket of neoprene. Sizes 3/8" through 4" shall have a continuous, internal copper ground. Liquid -tight connectors shall be galvanized steel or malleable iron with neoprene sealing gaskets, external ground lugs and insulated throats. Connectors shall be Appleton type STB or Gedney or equal. 2.07 WIREWAYS: A. Sheet Metal: 1. Indoor, dry locations: NEMA 1, sheet steel per UL 870 with hinged cover per NEMA ICS 6. Finish being manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 2. Outdoor and damp locations: NEMA 3R, galvanized sheet steel per UL 870 with hinged cover per NEMA ICS 6. B. Non -Metallic: RACEWAYS - 26 13 60 Page 3 of 7 CpNFpR 77/79 202D SET 1. NEMA 4X, Robroy Industries fiberglass trough with gasketed cover attached with non- metallic fasteners. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, hubs, elbows, adapters, end caps and other fittings to match and mate with type of wireway furnished as required for a complete system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION: A. General: 1. All field wiring shall be installed in conduit except as otherwise indicated. 2. Minimum conduit size shall be 1/2-inch nominal diameter. B. Exposed: 1. Conduit installed outdoors exposed shall be rigid galvanized steel. 2. Conduit installed indoors exposed and below 7 feet shall be rigid galvanized steel. Exposed conduit above 7 feet installed indoors may be EMT. C. Underground: 1. Conduit installed underground shall be Schedule 40 PVC. See section 3.02-E for additional requirements. 2. Elbows used for underground conduit stub -ups from below grade shall be PVC coated rigid galvanized steel, non-metallic Schedule 80 PVC, or Rigid Galvanized Steel completely taped with non -corrosive protective tape. D. Concealed: 1. Conduit installed concealed above lay -in ceilings and in dry wall construction shall be EMT. E. Flexible Connections: 1. Indoor -dry areas: Flexible metal conduit. 2. Indoor -wet, damp areas: Liquid -tight, flexible metal conduit. 3. Outdoors: Liquid -tight, flexible metal conduit. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Installation Methods: Conduit shall be installed concealed in walls or above ceiling or underground as indicated on the drawings. 2. Cleaning: All conduit systems shall be completed and shall be swabbed clean before conductors are pulled in. 3. Field cuts: Do not cut conduit with pipe cutters. 4. Bends: Field made bends and offsets shall be made with a hickey or conduit bending machine. Crushed or deformed raceways shall not be installed. The maximum number of 90-1 bends, or equivalent between pulling points in any conduit run shall be three. Pull and junction fittings and/or boxes shall be provided as necessary to satisfy this requirement. RACEWAYS - 26 13 60 Page 4 of 7 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET 5. Protection: The ends of all conduit runs shall be closed immediately after installation to prevent the accumulation of water, dirt and other foreign material. 6. Locknuts: Conduits shall be fastened to all sheet metal boxes and cabinets with two locknuts. Locknuts shall have sharp edges for digging into the wall of metal enclosures. Bushings shall be installed on the ends of all conduits and shall be the insulating type. 7. Conduit couplings shall be threaded type for RGS or RA conduit and compression type for EMT conduit. Set -screw couplings are not acceptable. 8. Spare conduits: Spare conduits shall have a pull cord installed. The pull cord shall be plastic with a minimum tensile strength of 200 pounds. Not less that 12 inches of slack shall be left at each end of the pull cord. 9. Supports: Supports shall be provided a minimum of every 10' and within 3' of all enclosures. In addition, conduits shall be rigidly supported between couplings, on either side of bends and at terminations and fittings. 10. Boxes: Boxes shall be provided in the raceway system as indicated on the drawings and also wherever required for pulling of wires or making connections. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, boxes installed in normally wet locations or on the outside of exterior surfaces shall be NEMA 3R, stainless steel sheet construction. Boxes shall be furnished with hinged and gasketed doors and stainless steel back panels. Each box shall have the volume required by the NEC for the number of conductors enclosed in the box. All boxes shall be securely anchored in place. 11. Flexible Connections: Flexible connections of short length shall be provided for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission or movement. A separate ground conductor shall be provided across all flexible connections. Flexible conduit connections shall be rigidly and securely supported in an approved manner at intervals not exceeding 24 inches in length and within 12 inches of each conduit termination. Lengths of not more than 36 inches may be installed without such supports where flexibility is required. 12. Identification: Identify conduits in accordance with Section 260750. 13. PVC: PVC conduit joints shall be solvent cement welded and shall be watertight. All PVC conduits shall have a separate grounding conductor installed. Where transition is made to the metallic conduit or enclosures, the grounding conductor shall be bonded to the metal conduit or enclosure. 14. Penetrations through walls, floors, and roof: All penetrations shall be sealed with a UL listed fire sealant equal to Dow Corning #3-6548. B. Exposed Conduit: 1. Routing: Exposed conduit shall be run straight and true to structure lines. Changes in direction of runs shall be made with fittings or symmetrical bends. Conduit in damp locations or outdoors shall be exposed to the air on all sides and shall not be installed tight against walls, ceilings and structural members, etc. Clamp backs and/or offsets shall be used as necessary to maintain uniform clearances. 2. Supports: Acceptable supporting and clamping materials for exposed conduit include one -hole straps and clamp back, "U" bolts, parallel or right angle conduit clamps, hot - dipped galvanized structural steel frames or modular stainless steel channel as RACEWAYS - 26 13 60 Page 5 of 7 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET manufactured by Unistrut or equal. Perforated steel tape, stamped steel one- and two - hole straps shall not be used. Conduits shall be supported in accordance with NEC 346-12. 3. Obstructions: Conduit shall be routed so as not to create any tripping or head banging hazard and so as not to create any obstruction to Owner's operation and maintenance activities. 4. Hubs: Watertight conduit hubs shall be installed where conduits enter the tops or sides of sheet metal or non-metallic enclosures. 5. Drains: Drain fittings shall be installed at low points throughout the conduit system where condensation is likely to occur. C. PVC Coated Conduit: 1. PVC coated conduit requires special care to minimize damage to the PVC coating during cutting, threading, bending and installation. Contractor shall install conduit in accordance with manufacturer's recommended installation procedures. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for providing strap wrenches, cutting dies, vises, and other special tools required to install PVC coated conduit. Standard pipe wrenches, chain wrenches or channel locks shall not be used. Conduit bending equipment shall have the proper diameter shoes or dies to allow for the thickness of the PVC coating. 3. PVC coated conduit shall be supported with Type 304 stainless steel clamps, straps, hangers and supports. Attachment hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 4. All PVC coated conduit and fittings that have teeth marks, cuts, nicks or are otherwise damaged shall be repaired by coating damaged area with a liquid PVC touch-up compound. Spray -type compound is not acceptable. 5. Unistrut channel supports and related accessories for use with PVC coated conduit shall be Type 304 stainless steel. D. Aluminum: 1. Aluminum conduit shall not be installed in direct contact with earth, concrete, steel, copper, brass or bronze. Where aluminum conduit comes into contact with dissimilar metals or passes through concrete walls or floors, it shall be wrapped with 2 layers, half -lapped, of corrosion preventative pipe tape, Scotch 50 or equal. 2. Aluminum conduit threads shall have a Penetrox, No-Ox-Id or equal, applied when installed. E. Underground Conduit: 1. Under Landscaping (i.e. sod or grass): a. Underground conduits 2" and larger shall be laid in sand and covered with a 4" red concrete cap. The conduit shall be surrounded by a minimum of 3-inches of virgin sand (top, bottom, and sides). b. The top of concrete cap shall be a minimum of 24 inches below grade. c. Communication conduits shall be buried a minimum of 36" to top of conduit. d. Provide red caution tape 12" below finish grade over all conduits. RACEWAYS - 26 13 60 Page 6 of 7 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET e. Unless otherwise indicated, electrical conduits must go below conflicts, such as yard piping, if the minimum depth cannot be met. Backfill for all trenches shall be compacted to original density. 2. Under Paved Areas (i.e. Parking Lot, Driveways, and Roads): a. Underground communication conduit runs shall be buried a minimum 36" below grade to top of conduit. Provide red caution tape 12" below finish grade over all conduits. b. Underground power conduit runs shall be buried the minimum depth per the National Electric Code. Provide red caution tape 12" below finish grade over all conduits. c. Unless otherwise indicated, electrical conduits must go below conflicts, such as yard piping, if the minimum depth cannot be met. Backfill for all trenches shall be compacted to original density. 3. Separation: Minimum separation between the outside edges of adjacent conduits shall be 3 inches. 4. Elbows: All elbows shall be long radius type. 5. Spacers: Conduit spacers shall be installed at 5 feet on centers. 6. Expansion Fittings: Provide expansion fittings in aboveground, vertical portion of each underground conduit stub -up. END OF SECTION 26 13 60 RACEWAYS - 26 13 60 Page 7 of 7 CONFORMED 20D SET 2 SECTION 26 14 00 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Receptacles 2. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles 3. Snap Switches 4. Wall Plates 1.02 REFERENCES: A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. WD1-83 General Requirements for Wiring Devices 2. WD-5 Specific Purpose Wiring Devices B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 National Electrical Code C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. 20-86 Standard for Safety General Use Snap Switches 2. 94-91 Standard for Safety Tests for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances 3. 498091 Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Procedures: Submit for approval and record purposes in accordance with Section 00 73 00 and 26 01 00. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of device used on project. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms 'listed" and 'labeled" shall be defined as they are in National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRING DEVICES: WIRING DEVICES - 26 14 00 Page 1 of 3 CONFpR 77/79 2 SET 024 A. General: Provide wiring devices, in types, characteristics, grades, colors, and electrical ratings for applications indicated which are UL listed and which comply with NEMA WD 1 and other applicable UL and NEMA Standards. B: Receptacles, General Use Duplex Receptacles: 125 volt, 15 or 20 amp, heavy duty, grounding type, TAMPER RESISTANT, by Hubbell, Leviton, or P&S. Device color shall be selected by the Architect. C: Ground -Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Receptacles: 125 volt, 15 or 20 amp, heavy duty, grounding type "non feed -through" conforming to UL 498 and UL 943 by Hubbell, Leviton, or P&S. Device color shall be selected by the Architect. D: Snap Switches: 120/277 volt, 20 ampere, quiet rated, heavy duty, complying with UL 20 and NEMA WD1 by Hubbell, Leviton, or P&S. Device color shall be selected by the Architect. 2.02 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES: A. Wall Plates: 1. Single and combination, of types, sizes, and with ganging and cutouts as required by devices. 2. Provide plates which mate and match with wiring devices to which attached. 3. Provide metal screws for securing plates to devices with screw heads colored to match finish of plates. 4. Provide plates possessing following additional construction features. a. Device plates: Nylon. Color to match device b. Device plates for surface mounted, 4 inch sq boxes: 1/2 inch stainless steel covers. c. Weatherproof covers for exterior devices or devices in damp locations: Raintight while in use, UL listed, molded UV stabilized poly -carbonate with stainless steel screws and mounting gaskets. Tay Mac Corporation safety outlet enclosure, or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install wiring devices and accessories as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements. B. Coordinate with other Work, including painting, electrical boxes and wiring installations, as necessary to interface installation of wiring devices with other Work. C. Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes that are clean; free from building materials, dirt and debris. D. Mounting Heights: Unless otherwise indicated or directed, boxes for wiring devices shall be mounted so that the centerline of the device is at the following height above finished floor (AFF) or above finished grade (AFG). DEVICE FINISHED AREAS UNFINISHED AREAS Snap switches 48" 48" Convenience Receptacles 18" 18" WIRING DEVICES - 26 14 00 Page 2 of 3 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET E. Install wiring devices after wiring work is completed. F. Install wall plates after painting work is completed. G. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for wiring devices. Where manufacturer's torque requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL 486A. Use properly scaled torque indicating hand tool. H. Do not use terminals on wiring devices (hot or neutral) for feed -through connections, looped or otherwise. Make circuit connections via wire connectors and pigtails. I. Ground receptacles with insulated green ground wire from device ground screw to bolted outlet box connection. 3.02 PROTECTION: A. Protect installed components from damage. Replace damaged items prior to final acceptance. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Testing: Prior to energizing circuits, test wiring for electrical continuity and for short circuits. Ensure proper polarity of connections is maintained. Subsequent to energizing, test wiring devices and demonstrate compliance with requirements, operating each operable device at least six (6) times. B. Test receptacles with Hubbell 5200, Woodhead 1750 or equal for correct polarity, proper ground connection and wiring faults. C. Test ground fault interrupter operation with both local and remote fault simulations in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 26 14 00 WIRING DEVICES - 26 14 00 Page 3 of 3 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET SECTION 26 51 00 LUMINAIRES PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Lighting fixtures 2. Lamps 3. Ballasts 4. Emergency lighting units 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. C78 Series Lamps 2. C82.1-97 Electric Lamp Ballast - Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballast 3. C82.2-84 Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts - Methods of Measurements 4. C82.4-92 Ballasts for High Intensity Discharge and Low -Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple Supply Type) 5. C82.11-93 High Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts B. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): 1. C62.11-93 IEEE Recommended Practice on Metal Oxide Surge Arresters for Alternating Current Power Circuits C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 National Electrical Code D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. 844-95 Electric Lighting Fixtures for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations 2. 924-95 Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment 3. 935-95 Fluorescent Lamp Ballast 4. 1029-94High Intensity Discharge Lamp Ballasts 5. 1570-95Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures 6. 1571-95Incandescent Lighting Fixtures 7. 1572-97High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures 1.03 DEFINITIONS: A. Emergency Lighting Unit: Fixture with integral emergency battery power supply and means for controlling and charging battery. Emergency units are available with integral lamps only. B. Fixture: Complete lighting unit, exit sign, or emergency lighting unit. Fixtures include lamps and parts required to distribute light, position and protect lamps, and connect lamps to power supply. LUMINAIRES - 26 51 00 Page 1 of 11 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET Internal battery powered exit signs and emergency lighting units also include battery and means for controlling and recharging battery. Emergency lighting units are available with and without integral lamp heads and lamps. C. Luminaire: Fixture. D. Average Life: Time after which 50% will have failed and 50% will have survived under normal conditions. E. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): The root mean square (RMS) of all the harmonic current components divided by total fundamental (60 hz) current. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Procedures: Submit in accordance with Section 00 73 00, 26 01 00, and as stated herein. B. Product Data: 1. Describe fixtures, lamps, ballasts, and emergency lighting units. Arrange product data for fixtures in order of fixture designation. Include data on features and accessories and the following information: a. Outline drawings of fixtures indicating dimensions and principal features. b. Electrical ratings and photometric data with specified lamps and certified results of independent laboratory tests. c. Data on batteries and chargers of emergency lighting units. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail nonstandard fixtures indicating dimensions, weights, methods of field assembly, components, features, and accessories. D. Supplies: 1. Submit sample of fixture if different than specified. E. Miscellaneous: 1. Warranty for rechargeable battery. 2. Coordination drawings for fixtures that require coordination with other equipment installed in the same space. F. Substitutions to Specified Product 1. Prior approval requests will include the following : LUMINAIRES - 26 51 00 Page 2 of 11 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET a. Full submittal data, by type, clearly highlighted and arrowed to identify the specific proposed manufacturer's nomenclature b. Full submittal data of lamps of proposed manufacturer c. Full submittal data of ballast/driver (LED) data of proposed manufacturer d. LED lumen data shall include: i. Lumen output ii. L70 and L90 testing iii. Confirmation of independent test lab data ITL iv. Color temperature and CRI with quantity of McAdam Ellipse steps v. Data shall include sphere and goniometer results for total lumen, total power, luminaire efficacy, CRI and junction temperature for the specified color temperature vi. Make and brand of LED diode should be clearly identified on submittal data vii. LED dimming shall be equal in range and quality to the specified drivers, Quality of dimming to be defined by dimming range, freedom from perceived flicker or visible stroboscopic flicker, smooth and continuous change in level (no visible steps in transitions), natural square law response to control input, and stable when input voltage conditions fluctuate over what is typically experience in a commercial environment. viii. All substitutions must meet specified fixtures certifications ( UL,ETL,CE,CSA,RoHS,DLC, Energy Star) 2. Provide lighting calculations with the prior approval request based on reflectance values and light loss factors provided by the engineer and displayed on lighting calculation drawings. (may be unique by area) Calculations shall be shown on one sheet with dimensions as shown on construction set. Data will be submitted electronically in dxf format on a flash drive and with printed calculations on Architectural E size sheets to scale with construction set sheets. a. Discrepancies between prior approval data calculations and the original design calculations will result in immediate disqualification of review due to time based constraints on the bid process 3. Prior approval request may require a sample of both the proposed and specified fixtures provided by the alternate manufacturer at NO additional cost to the project. Samples of both specified and proposed must be provided within 10 working days of request. 4. Energy calculations (Comcheck) must be provided with specification sheets including lamp and ballast data supporting input wattages highlighted in yellow and clearly identified by type. Input voltages must coincide with panel schedules. This data will be submitted under separate cover with the prior approval request 5. All data will be submitted electronically and in a bound format a. Bound data will be secured in hard binder with 3" rings for ease of review. b. Types will be marked with a tab by type and indexed for ease of reference LUMINAIRES - 26 51 00 Page 3 of 11 CpNFpR 77/79 202� SET 6. LED warranty information MUST be included by type and marked in RED to clearly identify the manufacturer's warranty terms. Warranty data MUST meet or exceed the specified manufacturers terms 7. Prior approvals MUST be received and acknowleged to the specifiers office no less than 15 days prior to bid. 8. ALL prior approval data must be submitted in one package with complete information. Information that is incomplete will be rejected without review. 9. The prior approval will be returned marked approved or rejected by type with no explanation. If any specification is deemed not equal the review will be stopped and the type rejected with no explanation. 10. Lumen output for the proposed fixture must be highlighted in yellow for clear identification 11. All inverter systems that supply power to LED fixtures must have pure PWM sine wave function and work with any type of lighting load. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver lighting fixtures in factory -fabricated containers or wrappings, which properly protect fixtures from damage. B. Store lighting fixtures in original packaging. Store inside well -ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperatures, humidity; laid flat and blocked off ground. C. Handle lighting fixtures carefully to prevent damage, breaking, and scarring of finishes. Do not install damaged units or components; replace with new. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms "listed and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. C. Coordinate fixtures mounting hardware and trim with ceiling system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIXTURES, GENERAL: A. Comply with requirements specified in Paragraphs below and lighting fixture schedule. LUMINAIRES - 26 51 00 Page 4 of 11 CONFORMED 20D SET 2 2.02 FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL: A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners and edges. B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, except as indicated. Form and support components to prevent warping and sagging. C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating and free from light leakage under operating conditions. Arrange to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses, diffusers and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in operating position. D. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectances as follows, except as otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85% 2. Specular Surfaces: 83% 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75% 4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90% E. Lenses, Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 100% virgin acrylic plastic or water white, annealed crystal glass except as indicated. 1. Plastic: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat and UV radiation. 2. Lens Thickness: 0.125 inch, minimum. 2.03 LED LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LED LAMPS A. All LED products must be UL, ETL and/or CSA listed B. All LED products must have LM-79 and LM-80 testing noted on specification sheet by an independent test lab 1. See note P this section C. All LED products should be identified as L70 and/or L90 ratings based on independent test lab data D. All outdoor pole mounted products must have surge suppression within each fixture. 1. See note P this section E. All outdoor and wet location listed products must clearly state the IP rating carried on the fixture based on independent test lab data. F. All LED products must be serviceable for accessable for field reapair needs LUMINAIRES - 26 51 00 Page 5 of 11 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET G. All outdoor lighting color rendering should be within a 7 step McAdams Ellipse. All outdoor lighting should be 4000 kelvin unless specifically noted 1. See note P this section H. All indoor lighting color rendering should be within a 3 step McAdams ellipse. All indoor lighting should be 4000-4100 kelvin unless specifically noted 1. See note P this section All control systems that interface with an LED product will be supported by a project "integrator" until project completion. This includes contact with the installer prior to installation, availability during installation, and final checkout and startup after installation. The quantity of days required for startup will be based on the manufacturer/agents discretion and need. 1. The project integrator must be capable of performing low voltage and dmx terminations. High voltage terminations are performed solely by the electrical subcontractor. 2. Reporting of final startup completion of the controls system back to the engineer is mandantory. J. Invitation to attend the training with the owners representative should be made to the engineer no less than 5 days prior to training K. Signature confirmation of training and startup is required within 5 business days after completion back to the engineers office. 1. A follow up call will be made to the owner 30-45 days after the startup and training of the controls system by the manufacturers representative to ensure all systems are operating to design specification. A 3 hour onsite system fine tuning at no additional cost to the owner is inclusive if requested by the owner at that time for additional training and programming. L. All LED drivers should be capable of 0-10 volt controls and DMX control and shall dim to 1% of total lumen output . Where specifically specified the dimming driver may be required to dim to .1% of lumen output , otherwise known as "dim to dark" M. Driver manufacturers must have a 5 year history producing dimmable electronic LED drivers for the North American market. N. Ambient driver tiemperatures must be within -20 degrees to 50 degrees C (-4 degrees to 122 degrees F) O. Driver must limit inrush current. LUMINAIRES - 26 51 00 Page 6 of 11 CONF0R 7 7/7 9 202D SET 1. Base specification: meet or exceed NEMA 410 driver inrush standard of 430 amp per 10 amps load with a maximum of 370 amps/2 seconds 2. Preferred specification : Meet or exceed 30ma's at 277 VAC for up to 50 watts of load and 75A at 240us att 277 VAC for 100 watts of load 3. Withstand up to a 1,000 volt surge without impairment of performance as defined by ANSI C62.41 Category A 4. No visible change in light output with a variation of plus/minus 10% line voltage input. 5. Total harmonic distortion less than 20%, and meet ANSI C82.11 maximum allowable THD requirements at full output. THD shall at no point in the dimming curve allow imbalance current to exceed full output THD 6. See note P this section. P. Any exceptions are at the engineers discretion based on project needs and applicability. 2.04 FINISH: A. Parts: Manufacturer's standard finish applied over corrosion -resistant primer, free of streaks, runs, holidays, stains, blisters and defects. Remove fixtures showing evidence of corrosion during project warranty period and replace with new fixtures. B. Hardware: All hardware shall be stainless steel. C. Other Parts: Manufacturer's standard finish. 2.05 DMX LIGHTING CONTROLS 2.05.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The equipment herein specified shall be manufactured by Electronic Theatre Controls PO Box 620979 Middleton, WI 53562 Phone: 608/831-4116 Fax: 608/836-1736 2.05.2 Product A. Unison Mosaic Tessera Panel Controller (MTPC) i. The Controller shall be a microprocessor -based system specifically designed for control of lighting and other related systems in an architectural or entertainment application. A personal computer running emulation software shall not be acceptable. ii. The Controller shall have a capacity of 512 channels of network DMX protocols including streaming ACN (ANSI E 1.31), Philips KiNet, Pathway XDMX and Art -Net II protocols. iii. The controller shall be able to output multiple Ethernet DMX protocols simultaneously, up to the output control channel limit iv. The Controller shall operate a web server on its Ethernet interface. This shall allow status information, control and configuration options to be accessed remotely. v. The appearance and content of the web interface may be customized by the user. LUMINAIRES - 26 51 00 Page 7 of 11 CpNFpR 77/79 202D SET vi. The Operating Software of the Controller shall be stored in a dedicated non -removable non- volatile solid-state memory. It shall be possible to update the Operating Software by download from a remote personal computer over an Ethernet connection. vii. The Controller shall be supported by user interface creation software running on PC or Mac platform. User interface configuration features shall include: 1. Create multiple pages of user interface controls 2. Library of page control layouts with buttons, sliders and color pickers 3. Change the appearance of pages and controls by applying themes 4. Use themes from the theme library, or create custom themes 5. Choose a background image for each page 6. Assign local functionality to controls, e.g. change page or screen brightness 7. Add navigation controls to pages and configure page transitions. B. Digital Zone Controllers i. Digital Zone Controllers for lighting and pluggable loads shall be the Unison Foundry Series Lighting Controller by ETC, Inc., or equal. ii. Zone Controllers shall utilize Class 2 ANSI E1.11-2008, USITT DMX512A control communications. 1. The control system shall utilize shielded twisted pair, type Belden 9729 or equivalent. Use of Category 5, or better, control network wiring shall also be supported iii. All Zone Controllers shall be configurable via ANSI E1.20 Remote Device Management (RDM). RDM properties shall include: 1. Device Label — configure a name for the device 2. DMX Start Address —set the starting DMX address of the Zone Controller to a value from 1-512 3. DMX Personality — configure the Zone Controller to function as a dual -channel or single -channel device 4. DMX Fail Mode (Data Loss) — configure the Zone Controller behavior when DMX is lost: Hold last look, Wait and fade, Go to full (default) iv. Controllers that cannot be configured via RDM shall not be acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Set units plumb, square and level with ceiling and walls, in alignment with adjacent fixtures, and secure according to manufacturer's printed instructions and approved submittals. B. Mounting heights specified or indicated shall be to the bottom of fixture for ceiling -mounted fixtures and to the center of fixture for wall -mounted fixtures. C. Obtain approval of the exact mounting for lighting fixtures on the job prior to commencing installation and, where applicable, after coordinating with the type, style and pattern of ceiling being installed. D. Where recessed fixtures are supported by ceiling support grid, install additional support wires near each corner of the fixture. E. Make branch circuit wiring connections with conductors having an insulation temperature rating suitable for the fixture. LUMINAIRES - 26 51 00 Page 8 of 11 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET F. Ground and bond fixtures in accordance with Section 26 06 00. G. Install lamp units according to manufacturer's instructions and fixture schedule. H. Program all control system sequences as required. Refer to section 3.04 for additional requirements. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. B. Give 7-days notice of dates and times for field tests. C. Verify normal operation of each fixture after fixtures have been installed and circuits have been energized with normal power source. D. Interrupt electrical energy to demonstrate proper operation of emergency lighting installation. 1. Duration of supply. 2. Low battery voltage shut -down. 3. Normal transfer to battery source and retransfer to normal. 4. Low supply voltage transfer. E. Replace or repair malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Clean fixtures upon completion of installation. Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities. Contractor shall meet on site with the Engineer to confirm the aiming of all lights. C. Set and adjust photocells and/or time switches for proper operation as directed by Owner. 3.04 PRE -CONSTRUCTION JOBSITE VISIT: A. Pre -construction On -site Services to be provided by Lighting/Controls vendor/supplier: The project electrical contractor shall contact Lighting vendor/supplier to schedule a jobsite meeting prior to the installation of the lighting control system. Purposeof the meeting is to review submittals and installation documentation provided by the system manufacturer. Discussion should include wiring conventions and specific wiring requirements. Installation of specific devices is also to be addressed. LUMINAIRES - 26 51 00 Page 9 of 11 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET Prior to start-up Lighting manufactures representative shall send a field service technician to visit the jobsite to confirm progress and answer any additional questions. Start-up date is to be confirmed at the time of this visit. Training agenda shall be provided to the contractor/distributor. Contractor/distributor shall confirm with the owner's representative and specifying engineer attendance at lighting system demonstrations and for training. Contractor/distributorshall provide to field service technician programming information as required for start- up such as but not limited to zone assignments, time schedules for operation, presets for all control stations, programming sequences for dynamic LED fixtures, emergency operation, blink -warn, and system override. Programming information is required for system set-up and pre -start-up. B. Lighting Control System Start-up and Training 1. Prior to energizing lighting control system the following must be completed: No component of the lighting control system shall be energized until a factory certified field service engineer has approved the installation of the system by the projectelectrical contractor. The electrical contractor/distributor shall contact the Lighting vendor/supplier at least 3 weeks prior to the requested start-up date to schedule a field service technician to be at the jobsite. Request shall be in writing and shall include filled out start-up request form and dated jobsite photos of the dimmer and/or relay panels. Lighting Control system is defined as the dimmer/relay panel(s) and all associated control stations and related accessories. The electrical contractor is responsible to install the entire lighting control system, all power feeders, all load wiring, and control wiring. Equipment shall be installed according to the manufacturer's instructions, contract documents, and national and local codes and regulations. Equipment shall be plumb and level to the finished floor. All components of the lighting control system shall be clean, free of dust and paint spatters. Components shall be unmarred or damaged. All cable shall be dressed, neatly routed, and labeled. All conduit shall be securely attached to the dimmer/relay panel. Start-up services are not provided in conjunction or in association with anycommissioning of lighting or other related control systems. 2. System Start-up Each dimmer/relay shall be tested by the electrical contractor (with a multi -meter) to confirm what voltage is being passed and to confirm that no voltage is being passed when the circuit is open. A representative of the owner shall be present to observe the testing/demonstration of the dimmer/relay panels. Each individual dimmer/relay panel shall be load tested with all circuits on while under load for a minimum of 1 hour. Where external devices are to be attached to the dimmer/relay panel including photocell, occupancy sensor, time clock, DMX controller, and/or control stations, operation of each device should be verified at the panel and specific circuits that are programmed to be controlled by the external device(s). LUMINAIRES - 26 51 00 Page 10 of 11 CpNFpR 7 7/7 9 202D SET Where control signals originate from the dimmer/relay panel for control of lighting fixtures, the control signal shall be tested by the electrical contractor to confirm that it is being delivered to each lighting fixture. Proper operation of the lighting fixtures shall beconfirmed as part of the system testing/demonstration. 3. Training Training shall be provided for the owner's representative and contractor. Prior to start-up the owner's representative and electrical contractor/distributor shall acknowledge receipt of training agenda. The electrical contractor/distributor shall confirm that the specifying engineer has been contacted and been invited to attend the system demonstration and/or training. All product and lighting control system documentation and operation'smanuals shall be provided by electrical contractor/distributor at the time of training. Training is to include, but not be limited to: basic operation of lighting control system, set-up of system and control panels, operation of control stations, programming of system, basic de- bugging, and overall system testing. At completion of training session all in attendees shall sign the start-up technician's field service report to confirm participation in the training session. Completed field service report shall be submitted to the electrical contractor/distributor and specifying engineer. 3.05 Follow-up Contact Services Approximately 90 days following the initialization of the lighting control system the Lighting/controls vendor/supplier shall contact the electrical contractor/distributor to confirm that the system is operating correctly and answer any questions that have come -up since system initialization. 3.06 Extended Follow-up Contact On -site Services Approximately 300 days following initialization of the lighting control system the Lighting/controls vendor/supplier shall contact the owner's representative in order to schedule a job site visit. The purpose of the visit shall be to confirm that all lighting control equipment that was initialized by lighting/control vendor/supplier is fully functioning. Any equipment not functioning as originally specified shall be repaired as required. In addition if the end user has adjustments that need to be made to programming or to any of the control of the system these shall be made during the jobsite visit. If further training on the system is required this shall be provided at the time of the visit or scheduled at a time of mutual convenience. A completed field service report shall be submitted to the electrical contractor, specifying engineer, and the owner's representative. END OF SECTION LUMINAIRES - 26 51 00 Page 11 of 11 inft 11 COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb CoNFpRMEDs 9/2024 E�. Exterior Lighting Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2015 IECC Project Title: 24098 Cole Park Project Type: Alteration Exterior Lighting Zone 4 (High activity metropolitan commercial district (LZ4)) Construction Site: 1906 Ocean Drive Corpus Christi, Texas 78404 Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: Carlos Martinez NRG Engineering 5656 5 Staples Street Corpus Christi 78411 361-852-2727 Allowed Exterior Lighting Power A B C D E Area/Surface Category Quantity Allowed Tradable Allowed Watts Watts / Wattage (B X C) Plaza Area (Plaza area) 4274 ft2 0.2 Yes 855 Total Tradable Watts (a) = 855 Total Allowed Watts = 855 Total Allowed Supplemental Watts (b) = 1300 (a) Wattage tradeoffs are only allowed between tradable areas/surfaces. (b) A supplemental allowance equal to 1300 watts may be applied toward compliance of both non -tradable and tradable areas/surfaces. Proposed Exterior Lighting Power A B C D E Fixture ID : Description / Lamp / Wattage Per Lamp / Ballast Lamps/ # of Fixture (C X D) Fixture Fixture Watt. Plaza Area (Plaza area. 4274 ft2): Tradable Wattage LED: D1: Wide Beam @70°: Other: LED: D2: Wide Beam @15°: Other: 1 1 12 23 276 20 23 460 Total Tradable Proposed Watts = 736 xterior Lighting PASSES Exterior Lighting Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed exterior lighting alteration project represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed exterior lighting systems have been designed to meet the 2015 IECC requirements in COMcheck Version COMcheckWeb and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the Inspection Checklist. Carlos Martinez - Electrical Engineer Name - Title Project Title: 24098 Cole Park Data filename: CaAlea. /tilaidirte Signature 11/4/2024 Date City of ceirgpustaii,5024 Development Ser/Vs Depar#ment Reviewed for Code Compliance COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb Inspection Checklist Energy Code: 2015 IECC CONFORMED 7/79 202D SEA, Requirements: 0.0% were addressed directly in the COMcheck software Text in the "Comments/Assumptions" column is provided by the user in the COMcheck Requirements screen. For each requirement, the user certifies that a code requirement will be met and how that is documented, or that an exception is being claimed. Where compliance is itemized in a separate table, a reference to that table is provided. Section & Req.ID Plan Review Complies? Comments/Assumptions C103.2 [PR8]1 Plans, specifications, and/or calculations provide all information with which compliance can be determined for the exterior lighting and electrical systems and equipment and document where exceptions to the standard are claimed. Information provided should include exterior lighting power calculations, wattage of bulbs and ballasts, transformers and control devices. EComplies ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ENot Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 High Impact (Tier 1) Project Title: 24098 Cole Park Data filename: 2 Medium Impact Ti Low Impact (Tier 3) City of cE96pIzata.li5024 Development Ser\i/Vs D2epar#ment Reviewed for Code Compliance Section & Req.ID Rough -In Electrical Inspection Complies? C-NFUR Comments/Assumptions 7 7/79 � b SET C405.2.5 Automatic lighting controls for exterior [EL25]nia° lighting installed. Controls will be daylight controlled, set based on business operation time -of -day, or reduce connected lighting > 30%. ❑ Complies ❑ Does Not ❑ Not Observable ❑ Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 High Impact (Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Ti Cy (1) Project Title: 24098 Cole Park Data filename: Low Impact (Tier 3) City O Ocoust kli6 Y24 Development Serer s Depar#ment Reviewed for Code Compliance Section & Req.ID Final Inspection Complies? CoIvp Comments/Assumptions 7 7/79 � b $Er C405.5.1 Exterior lighting power is consistent [FI19]1 with what is shown on the approved lighting plans, demonstrating proposed watts are less than or equal to allowed watts. ❑ Complies ❑ Does Not ❑ Not Observable ❑ Not Applicable See the Exterior Lighting fixture schedule for values. Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 High Impact (Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact sQU� cy4Ps O4 Project Title: 24098 Cole Park Data filename: Low Impact (Tier 3) City O I ciou# k1,6 Y24 Development Serer s Department Reviewed for Code Compliance �O IIV IIUG ENGINEERING Project: Cole Park Corpus Christi, TX 78404 CON of 5656 S. Staples, Suite 31279/20 4 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 361/852-2727 FX: 361 /852-2922 TX Firm Registration No. F-00531 8 Commissioning Plan Commissioning Agent: John A. Rodriguez, P.E. TX License #90273 Mechanical Systems: 1. Verify Test and Balancing Report by sampling outlets and systems per C408.2.2, 2. Verify system functioning, startup reports and associated equipment controls per C408.2.3. 3. Direct Expansion split systems: Commissioning Not Required Per C408.2, Exception #1. Plumbing Systems: 1. Water Heater & Recirculating Pump: Commissioning Not Required Per C408.2, Exception #1. Electrical Systems: 1. Interior Lighting Controls a. Not Applicable. 2. Exterior Lighting Controls a. Time Clock and Photocell: Function test for Automatic On/Automatic Off Operation i. Time Clock programming will be verified ii. Battery back-up will be verify that is has been installed iii. Owners documentation will be verified END OF PLAN Page 1 of 1 O� uV RG ENGINEERING cov ARMED S 5656 S. Staples, Suite 360�9/2024 ET Corpus Christi, TX 78411 361/852-2727 FX: 361/852-2922 TX Firm Registration No. F-00531 8 Thursday, September 26, 2024 Engineer's Letter of Energy Review Referenced Project: 1906 Ocean Drive Corpus Christi, TX 78404 The project referenced above is being designed under the commercial provisions of the 2021 IECC or ASHRAE 90.1-2013. In accordance to the Corpus Commercial Energy Policy 12617, we have reviewed the design of this project for the following energy related items. It is our opinion that the items checked below, as designed, meets the substantial intent of the 2021 IECC or ASHRAE 90.1-2013. Items not checked will be provided to the City of Corpus Christi for their review prior to issuance of the building permit. See Architect's Letter of Energy Review. Code Section Reference* Checked yes/No Not Required for Project Insulation material/ Assemblies and their R- values/ U-Factor or Component Performance (calculation) C402.1, C402.2, 5.53 Roof Solar Reflectance and Thermal Emittance C402.3, City Amendment, 5.5.3.1.1 Fenestration U-factors and solar heat gain coefficients (SHGCs), Percentage of vertical fenestration, skylights to roof area and daylight Zones to floor area C402.4, 5.5.4.2 Area -weighted U-factor and SHGC calculations, Area weighted calculations, details of dynamic glazing, Calculations for fenestration orientation (ASHRAE) C402.4.3, 5.5.4.6, 5.5.4.5 Air Barrier — materials and assemblies compliance C402.5.1.2, 5.4.3.1.3 Mechanical system design criteria — Calculations for Sizing Equipment C403.2.2, 6.4.2.1 YES Mechanical and service water heating system and equipment types, sizes and efficiencies C403.2.3, C404.2, 6.4.1.1, 7.4.2 Not Required Calculations for Maximum Hot Water Volume Length (IECC) C404.5 Not Required Efficiency rating of all refrigeration and freezer equipment C403.2.14, 6.4.1.1 , ,//99 Not Required Economizer fault detection and diagnosis C403.2.4.7 Not Required Fan Motor horsepower (hp) and controls efficiencies C403.2.12, 6.5.3.1 Not Required HVAC duct and plenum sealing and insulation details, Hot Water Piping fluid temperatures and insulation C403.2.9, C404.4, 6.4.4.1.2- 3 Not Required Lighting fixtures — Calculations for total connected interior and exterior power C05.4.1, C405.5.1, 9.2.2.3, 0.4.2 YES Calculations for interior lighting power by the building area method or the space by space method C405.4.2, 9.2.2, 9.5, 9.6 YES *(Code References: Cxxx.x refers to a 2021 lECC section; while 5.x.x, 6.x.x, etc, refer to a section in ASHRAE 90.1-2013). Respectfully, 00 OF 4 - */ SEAN M. RODRIGUEZ . f400ao oaooaooa9 4—"a"a"oa".a".a, 0,6 9/26/2024 4‘ 00 OF TE �� a*o� "b. *f' 2 JOHN A. RODRIGUEZ III 6 °a 04o°oo90000eoaeaee°a a 90273 0, �o„FscENS�OG,��� ,-` 9/26/2024 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure Geotechnical Engineering Report July 11, 2024 I Terracon Project No. CD245034 Prepared for: City of Corpus Christi 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, TX 78404 CpNFpR 7 7/7 g 202D SEA, ierracon Explore with us Nationwide Tarrarnn rnm • Facilities ■ Environmental • Geotechnical literracon July 11, 2024 City of Corpus Christi 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, TX 78404 Attn: Ms. Priscilla Ramirez P: 361.826.3522 E: PriscillaR@cctexas.com Re: Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 2600 Ocean Drive Corpus Christi, Texas Terracon Project No. CD245034 Dear Ms. Ramirez: CONFpR 77/7g�024 SEr 3606 Wow Road Corpus Christi, TX 78412 P (361) 420-6000 Terracon.com We have completed the scope of Geotechnical Engineering services for the above referenced project in general accordance with Terracon Proposal No. PCD245034R dated June 11, 2024. This report presents the findings of the subsurface exploration and provides geotechnical recommendations concerning earthwork and the design and construction of a new shade structure at Cole Park. We appreciate the opportunity to be of service to you on this project. If you have any questions concerning this report or if we may be of further service, please contact us. Sincerely, Terracon (Firm Registration: TX F3272) /44- 444-7, Luke Kingsbury Senior Project Manager �� OF T�`� i*. 1 •*' 5 GREGORY P STIEBEN Gregory P. Stieben, P.E., D.GE i••• •.., Senior Consultant �� -o•6• 5 9 5 3 6 ••��0 '•�FG/STER� Se• � ssio AL ENG�- Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical I Materials Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure i Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 I Terracon Project No. CD245034 Table of Contents CONFO ��7R 9 2o2D, SFT Iterracon' Introduction 1 Project Description 1 Site Conditions 2 Geotechnical Characterization 2 Subsurface Conditions 2 Groundwater Conditions 3 Seismic Site Class 3 Geotechnical Overview 3 Expansion Potential 4 Earthwork 4 Fill Material Types 5 Fill Placement and Compaction Requirements 5 Earthwork Construction Considerations 6 Deep Foundations 7 Drilled Shaft Axial Load Design Parameters 7 Lateral Load Design Parameters 8 Drilled Shaft Construction Considerations 8 Auger -Cast -in -Place Piles Construction Considerations 10 Shallow Foundations 13 Design Parameters - Spread Footings 13 Foundation Construction Considerations 14 Foundation Construction Monitoring 15 General Comments 15 Attachments Exploration and Testing Procedures Site Location and Exploration Plans Exploration and Laboratory Results Supporting Information Note: This report was originally delivered in a web -based format. Blue Bold text in the report indicates a referenced section heading. The PDF version also includes hyperlinks which direct the reader to that section and clicking on the lilerraCOn logo will bring you back to this page. For more interactive features, please view your project online at client.terracon.com. Refer to each individual Attachment for a listing of contents. Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical I Materials Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure I Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 I Terracon Project No. CD245034 Introduction CONFORMED 77/79/2024 SET erracon This report presents the results of our subsurface exploration and Geotechnical Engineering services performed for the proposed shade structure to be located within Cole Park at 2600 Ocean Drive in Corpus Christi, Texas. The purpose of these services was to provide information and geotechnical engineering recommendations relative to: • Site Location and Exploration Plans • Boring Logs with Field and Laboratoy data • Description of subsurface conditions • Subsurface soil conditions • Groundwater conditions • Seismic site classification per IBC • Recommendations for shallow and deep foundations The geotechnical engineering Scope of Services for this project included the advancement of two test borings to depths of about 25 feet below existing ground surface, laboratory testing, engineering analysis, and preparation of this report. Drawings showing the site and boring locations are shown on the Site Location and Exploration Plan, respectively. The results of the laboratory testing performed on soil samples obtained from the site during our field exploration are included on the boring log and/or as separate graphs in the Exploration Results section. Project Description Our initial understanding of the project was provided in our proposal and was discussed during project planning. A period of collaboration has transpired since the project was initiated, and our final understanding of the project conditions is as follows: Item Project Description Description We understand that the project will require the addition of a new shade structure over an existing concrete slab. Current plans are to support the structure on drilled piers. No loading information has been provided. Terracon should be notified if any of the above information is inconsistent with the planned construction, especially the grading limits, as modifications to our recommendations may be necessary. Facilities I Environmental 1 Geotechnical I Materials Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure I Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 I Terracon Project No. CD245034 Site Conditions CpNFpR 17/79i/t o4SET Ferracon The following description of site conditions is derived from our site visit in association with the field exploration and our review of publicly available geologic and topographic maps. Item Parcel Information Existing Improvements Current Ground Cover Existing Topography Description The site is located at 2600 Ocean Drive in Corpus Christi, Texas. See Site Location Concrete seating area with entrance to an existing fishing pier and parking lot. Concrete and landscape grass Relatively flat and level. Geotechnical Characterization Subsurface Conditions We have developed a general characterization of the subsurface conditions based upon our review of the subsurface exploration, laboratory data, geologic setting and our understanding of the project. Conditions observed at each exploration point are indicated on the individual log. The individual log can be found in the Exploration Results As part of our analyses, we identified the following model layers within the subsurface profile. Model Layer Layer Name Sandy Lean Clay Clayey Sand Silty Sand General Description Gray to Dark Gray, Light Gray to Tan; Medium Stiff to Hard Dark Gray; Stiff Gray to Tan; Loose to Medium Dense -The SANDY LEAN CLAY materials could undergo moderate volumetric changes (shrink/swell) should they experience changes in their in -place moisture content. -The SILTY SAND and CLAYEY SAND materials could undergo low volumetric changes (shrink/swell) should they experience changes in their in -place moisture content. These materials are considered volumetrically stable with regards to change in moisture content due to their granular nature. Note: Layers 1 and 2 are fill material placed when the park area was expanded into the bay. The fill is about 6 feet thick and overlies the native silty sand (Layer 3) Facilities i Environmental i Geotechnical I Materials 2 Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure I Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 I Terracon Project No. CD245034 Groundwater Conditions CpNFO 7 7�RMoDSET ITerrac�i Groundwater water generally appears as either a permanent or temporary water source. Permanent subsurface water is generally present year-round, which may or may not be influenced by seasonal and climatic changes. Temporary groundwater water is also referred to as a "perched" water source, which generally develops as a result of seasonal and climatic conditions. The boreholes were observed while drilling and after completion for the presence and level of groundwater. Groundwater was observed in the borings during and following drilling ranging in depth from about 6 to 12 feet. Based on values and the proximity of the nearby bay, we believe the water level is about 8 feet below grade. The borings were backfilled with soil cuttings after completion. Groundwater level fluctuations occur due to seasonal variations in the amount of rainfall, runoff, tidal fluctuation and other factors not evident at the time the borings was performed. Therefore, groundwater levels during construction or at other times in the life of the structure may be higher or lower than the levels indicated on the boring log. The foundation contractor should check the groundwater conditions just before foundation excavation activities. Seismic Site Class The seismic design requirements for buildings and other structures are based on Seismic Design Category. Site Classification is required to determine the Seismic Design Category for a structure. The Site Classification is based on the upper 100 feet of the site profile defined by a weighted average value of either shear wave velocity, standard penetration resistance, or undrained shear strength in accordance with Section 20.4 of ASCE 7 and the International Building Code (IBC). Based on the soil properties observed at the site and as described on the exploration log and results, our professional opinion is that a Seismic Site Classification of D be considered for the project. Subsurface exploration at this site was extended to a maximum depth of 30 feet. The site properties below the boring depth to 100 feet were estimated based on our experience and knowledge of geologic conditions of the general area. Additional deeper borings or geophysical testing may be performed to confirm the conditions below the current boring depth. Geotechnical Overview We understand the current plans are to support the structure on drilled piers. However, the shallow groundwater conditions in the sand soils at the site may make the pier installation difficult. Conventional drilled piers will need to be installed using a slurry drilling method. Alternatively, auger cast -in -place (ACIP) piles may be considered as a Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical ; Materials Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 1 Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 I Terracon Project No. CD245034 CpNFpR MED errac41f2024 SET suitable deep foundation. We suggest that shallow spread footings be considered to keep the construction activities above the groundwater level. In this report, we are providing design and installation recommendations for conventional drilled piers, as well as ACIPs and shallow spread footings. Another foundation option would be the use of helical piers, which are typically designed by a specialty contractor. The foundations being considered must satisfy two independent engineering criteria with respect to the subsurface conditions encountered at this site. One criterion is the foundation system must be designed with an appropriate factor of safety to reduce the possibility of a bearing capacity failure of the soils underlying the foundation when subjected to axial and lateral load conditions. The other criterion is that the movement of the foundation system due to compression (consolidation or shrinkage) or expansion (swell) of the underlying soils must be within tolerable limits. Expansion Potential Based on our findings, the subsurface soils at this site generally exhibit low shrink/swell potential. Based on the information developed from our field and laboratory programs and on method TEX-124-E of the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Manual of Testing Procedures, we estimate that the subgrade soils at this site exhibit a Potential Vertical Rise (PVR) of less than 1 inch in their present condition. It must be emphasized that the actual movements could be greater than the values presented in this report because of inadequate drainage, ponded water, and moisture infiltration beneath the structures after construction. Earthwork Prior to construction, all pavement material and any otherwise unsuitable materials should be removed from the construction area. Wet or dry material should either be removed, or moisture conditioned and recompacted. Construction operations may encounter difficulties due to the wet or soft surface soils becoming a general hindrance to equipment due to rutting and pumping of the soil surface, especially during and soon after periods of wet weather. If the subgrade cannot be adequately compacted to minimum densities as described in the Compaction Requirements section of this report, one of the following measures may be required: • removal and replacement with select fill; • chemical treatment of the soil to dry and increase the stability of the subgrade; or • drying by natural means if the schedule allows. In our experience with similar soils in this area, chemical treatment (such as hydrated lime) may be an effective method to increase the supporting value of wet and weak Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical 1 Materials Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure I Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 I Terracon Project No. CD245034 CpNFpR 7 7/SET Wierracoii272 subgrade. Chemical treatment is discussed in the Pavement Section Materials section of this report. Proper site drainage should be maintained during the entire construction phase so ponding of surface runoff does not occur and cause construction delays and/or inhibit site access, particularly in cut areas. During construction, it is possible that the subgrade soils may become excessively wet as a result of inclement weather conditions. When the moisture content of these clay soils elevates above what is considered to be the optimum range of moisture for compaction operations, they can become difficult to handle and compact. If such conditions create a hindrance to compaction operations and/or site access, chemical treatment of these soils should be considered to improve their workability and expedite construction. Fill Material Types Earthen materials used for select and general fill should meet the following material property requirements. Soil Type Select fill USCS Classification CL, SC • LL<_40 and 7<PI<_20 • % passing #200 sieve >_35% • Maximum particle size 11/2" Acceptable Parameters All locations and elevations. On site CL and SC soils may On -Site Soil CL, SC be reused as select fill, (General Fill) • LL- 55 and 7<PI<_30 provided they satisfy the criteria for select fill. 1. Prior to any filling operations, samples of the proposed borrow and on -site materials should be obtained for laboratory moisture -density testing. The tests will provide a basis for evaluation of fill compaction by in -place density testing. A qualified soil technician should perform sufficient in -place density tests during the filling operations to evaluate the proper levels of compaction, including dry unit weight and moisture content, are being attained. Fill Placement and Compaction Requirements Select fill and general fill should meet the following compaction requirements. Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical I Materials 5 Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 1 Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 1 Terracon Project No. CD245034 Item Fill Lift Thickness Compaction of On -Site Soil and Select Fill Moisture Content of On - Site Soil and Select Fill CpNFpR � 9�0 � SET irerracon Requirements All fill should be placed in thin, loose lifts of about 8 inches, with compacted thickness not exceeding 6 inches. Fill to be compacted with small manually operated compactors should be placed in loose lifts of about 4 to 6 inches or less. 95 percent of the material's Standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698). The materials should be moisture conditioned between -2 and +3 percentage points of the optimum moisture content. Earthwork Construction Considerations It is anticipated that excavations for the proposed construction can be accomplished with conventional earthmoving Based upon the subsurface conditions determined from the geotechnical exploration, subgrade soils exposed during construction are anticipated to be relatively stable. However, the stability of the subgrade may be affected by precipitation, repetitive construction traffic or other factors. If conditions develop, workability may be improved by scarifying and drying. Upon completion of filling and grading, care should be taken to maintain the subgrade water content prior to construction of foundation elements and pavements. Construction traffic over the completed subgrades should be avoided. The site should also be graded to prevent ponding of surface water on the prepared subgrades or in excavations. Water collecting over or adjacent to construction areas should be removed. If the subgrade freezes, desiccates, saturates, or is disturbed, the affected material should be removed, or the materials should be scarified, moisture conditioned, and recompacted prior to construction. As a minimum, excavations should be performed in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, "Excavations" and its appendices, and in accordance with any applicable local, and/or state regulations. Construction site safety is the sole responsibility of the contractor who controls the means, methods, and sequencing of construction operations. Under no circumstances shall the information provided herein be interpreted to mean Terracon is assuming responsibility for construction site safety, or the contractor's activities; such responsibility shall neither be implied nor inferred. Facilities ( Environmental 1 Geotechnical 1 Materials 6 Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure I Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 I Terracon Project No. CD245034 Deep Foundations kiea rracon The shade structure can be supported on straight -sided drilled piers. Due to the water - bearing sand soils, underreamed piers are not suitable. The piers should be installed at a depth no shallower than 10 feet. A minimum pier diameter of 18 inches should be used. As discussed below, the piers will need to be installed using a slurry drilling method. Drilled Shaft Axial Load Design Parameters The piers may be designed for a net allowable bearing pressure of 5,000 pounds per square foot (psf) based on total load. The bearing pressure includes a factor of safety against a bearing capacity failure of approximately 3. The piers may be designed for a net allowable skin friction of 400 pounds per square foot (psf) based on total load. The skin friction value includes a factor of safety of approximately 2. For design purposes, the axial capacity parameters presented here may also be used for ACIP piers. The end bearing pressure presented assumes that the bearing surface will be free and clean of soft or moist material and loose debris. The allowable end bearing and skin friction values presented are based on center -to -center spacing of at least three shaft diameters. A closer spacing may be considered but it may reduce the axial capacity of the foundation depending on the spacing pattern of the foundations. If a center -to -center spacing of two shaft diameters is adopted, then the above bearing capacities (end bearing and skin friction) should be reduced by 20 percent. For pier center -to -center spacing between two and three diameters, linear interpolation may be used to determine the reduction amount; i.e., 20% reduction at two pier diameters and 0% reduction at three pier diameters. For pier center -to -center spacing Tess than two diameters, bearing capacities (end bearing and skin friction) should be reduced by 25 percent. For the straight -sided drilled piers, the uplift force due to structural loading conditions can be resisted by the allowable side -shear of the drilled pier. The allowable uplift resistance of the straight sided drilled piers can be evaluated using the following equation: Qar = 1.3 d • D p + 0.9 W p + PDI_ Where: Qar = Allowable uplift resistance of pier in kips (k) d = Diameter of pier shaft in feet (ft) Dp = Pier Depth (Neglect upper 2 feet) Wp = Buoyant Weight of the drilled pier in kips (k) PDL = Permanent sustained dead Load acting on the drilled pier in kips (k) Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical j Materials 7 Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure l Corpus Christi, Texas jFerrcon July 11, 2024 l Terracon Project No. CD245034 0NFD RI yED Total settlements, based on the indicated bearing pressures, should be approximately 77/ pproximate y/ /2024SEr inch or Tess for properly designed and constructed drilled piers. Differential settlement may also occur between adjacent piers. The amount of differential settlement could approach 50 to 75 percent of the total pier settlement. For properly designed and constructed piers, differential settlement between adjacent piers is estimated to be less than t/z of an inch. Settlement response of drilled piers is impacted more by the quality of construction than by soil -structure interaction. Improper pier installation could result in differential settlements significantly greater than we have estimated. In addition, larger magnitudes of settlement should be expected if the soil is subjected to bearing pressures higher than the allowable values presented in this report. Lateral Load Design Parameters The following table lists input values for use in LPILE analyses for the design of the piers supporting the shade structure. Since deflection or a service limit criterion will most likely control lateral capacity design, no safety/resistance factor is included. Depth below Existing Grade L-Pile Soil Model Su (psf) 4 (deg) y (pcf) £so K (pci) U — 2 Stiff Clay w/o Free 100 120 Default Default Water 2 — 6 Sand 20 114 Default Default 6 — 13 Sand 25 52 Default Default 13 - 25 Sand 30 52 Default Default 1/ Definition of Terms: y: Effective unit weight E50: Non -default E50 strain K: Horizontal modulus of subgrade reaction (I): Angle of internal friction Su: Undrained shear strength (Cohesion) 2/ Default parameters as per the LPile program Drilled Shaft Construction Considerations The pier excavations should be augered and constructed in a continuous manner. Steel and concrete should be placed in the pier excavation immediately following drilling and evaluation for proper bearing stratum, embedment, and cleanliness. In no circumstances should the pier excavation remain open overnight. During our field operations, subsurface water was encountered at about 8-ft depth. Subsurface water levels are influenced by seasonal and climatic conditions which result in Facilities I Environmental i Geotechnical l Materials Geotechnical Engineering Report, Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure i Corpus Christi, Texas �errQc®n July 11, 2024 i Terracon Project No. CD245034 ONFOR 7 7/79MED SET fluctuations in subsurface water elevations. Due to the shallow water -bearing sands at the"2024 site, piers will need to be installed using a slurry drilling method. Note that we encountered concrete in boring B-2 from 3 to 4 feet. It is not clear if this was a buried concrete slab/footing or a piece of concrete rubble. The piering contractor should be made aware of this. Slurry Method — The slurry method uses water or a weighted drilling fluid. Slurry displacement drilling can only prevent sloughing and water influx but cannot control sloughing once it has occurred. Therefore, slurry displacement drilling techniques must begin at the ground surface, not after sloughing materials are encountered. Typical drilling fluids include those which contain polymers or bentonite. If a polymer is used with "hard" mixing water, a water softening agent may be required to achieve intimate mixing and the appropriate viscosity. The polymer manufacturer should be consulted concerning proper use of the polymer. If bentonite slurry is used, the bentonite should be mixed with water several hours before placing in the shaft excavation. Prior mixing gives the bentonite sufficient time to hydrate properly. The drilling fluid should only be of sufficient viscosity to control sloughing of the excavation walls and subsurface water flow into the excavation. Care should be exercised while extracting the auger so that suction does not develop and cause disturbance or create "necking" in the excavation walls as described above. Casing should not be employed in conjunction with the slurry drilling technique due to possible trapping of loose soils and slurry between the concrete and natural soil. The use of weighted drilling fluid when installing drilled shaft foundations requires extra effort to ensure an adequate bearing surface is obtained. A clean - out bucket should be used just prior to shaft completion in order to remove any cuttings and loose soils which may have accumulated in the bottom of the excavation. Steel and concrete should be placed in the excavation immediately after shaft completion. A closed -end tremie should be used to place the concrete completely to the bottom of the excavation in a controlled manner to effectively displace the slurry during concrete placement. The concrete should be placed completely to the bottom of the excavation with a closed -end tremie in the shaft excavation if more than six (6) inches of water is ponded on the bearing surface or the water should be pumped from the excavation. A short tremie may be used if the excavation has less than 6 inches of ponded water. The fluid concrete should not be allowed to strike the shaft reinforcement, temporary casing (if required) or excavation sidewalls during concrete placement. All aspects of concrete design and placement should comply with the American Concrete Institute (ACI) 318 Code Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. Facilities l Environmental I Geotechnical Materials 9 Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure i Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 i Terracon Project No. CD245034 jierracon oNF0R mED 7 7/7920 SET All aspects of concrete design and placement should comply with the American Concrete Institute (ACI) 318 Code Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. Concrete design and placement should comply with the American Concrete Institute Concrete, ACI 336.1 Standard Specification for the Construction of Drilled Piers, and ACI 336.3R entitled Suggested Design and Construction Procedures for Pier Foundations. Auger -Cast -in -Place Piles Construction Considerations The performance of ACIP piles is dependent on installation procedures. We recommend the following measures be taken for ACIP pile installation at this site: Contractor Experience and Equipment — The selected ACIP contractor should have relevant project experience with augering and pumping equipment, installation of similar sized ACIP piles in similar subsurface soil conditions, placement of reinforcing steel, as well as experience handling the special grout mixes and admixtures. Our experience indicates that not all contractors have the specialized equipment and experience required to successfully install ACIP piles with diameters of 18 inches and larger. We strongly recommend that the contractor's qualifications and experience records be reviewed as part of the selection process, especially if pile diameters equal to or greater than 24-inches are planned for this site. Grout Mix — The ACIP pile contractor should be able to demonstrate that a grout mix can be furnished to meet this project's requirements. The results of test mix design or test results from a previous project are generally required to be submitted prior to approval of the grout mix for construction. During construction, the fluidity of the grout mix should be frequently tested using a 3/4-in. diameter flow cone. Flow rates of 10 to 20 seconds are typically specified. Compressive strength of the grout mix should be checked by making at least six, 2-inch square cubes for each day of pile installation. Test cubes should be cured and tested in accordance with ASTM C109 and be restrained from expansion as described in ASTM C942. The Deep Foundation Institute recommends testing two grout cubes at 7 days, two at 28 days, and keeping two on hold. ACIP Pile Installation and Monitoring — The installation process makes it inherently difficult to verify the integrity of the installed ACIP piles, yet the integrity is essential to the load carrying capacity of the piles. A comprehensive construction monitoring and record keeping program is recommended to help reduce the risks associated with improper construction techniques. Construction monitoring should be performed in accordance with the Inspector's Guide to Augered Cast -in -Place Piles, prepared by the Deep Foundations Institute. We recommend that construction monitoring be performed by qualified personnel independent of the contractor. Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical I Materials Geotechnical Engineering Report /g /�a�y Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 1 Corpus Christi, Texas rerrrocon July 11, 2024 j Terracon Project No. CD245034 NF R 7/79 ,D SET There are several aspects of the installation procedure that can be monitored to aid in 024 assessing whether the ACIP pile is being installed properly. These aspects are: 1) viscosity of the grout mixture to be pumped, 2) initial grout placement prior to raising the augers and resulting grout head observed upon completion of pile installation, 3) incremental grout factor (volume of grout pumped relative to the theoretical volume) computed over intervals of 5 ft. or less as the auger is withdrawn, 4) uniformity of grout placement and computed grout factor along the length of the completed pile, 5) continuous grout placement and auger withdrawal without delays or grout pressure fluctuations, and 6) unobstructed and successful reinforcing steel placement in a timely manner following completion of grout placement. Records kept during construction monitoring should include these aspects of the pile installation. The incremental volume of grout pumped as the auger is withdrawn is one of the more important installation controls. Common practice is to have the contractor calibrate the grout pump at the start of the work. The number of pump strokes are then computed to provide an initial grout head of 5 to 10 ft. and at least 15 percent greater than the theoretical volume for each 5 ft. increment of auger withdrawal. Typically, the actual volume of grout pumped is in the range of 15 to 60 percent greater than the theoretical volume. The required grout volume to obtain a uniform pile will vary depending on the soil type and consistency. Typically, the grout take will range from about 1.1 times the theoretical volume in clays to 1.35 or more in sands. An independent observer should continually monitor the number of pump strokes pumped over each 5-ft interval. We recommend the grout volume and pressure be monitored with the aid of a Pile Installation Recorder (PIR). Construction Sequence - The Contractor's installation plan should be reviewed prior to the start of construction. The installation plan should address the allowable spacing between piles to be grouted the same day. In general, previously cast piles should achieve their initial set (at least 6 hours and preferably more) prior to augering adjacent piles. Based on our experience, we strongly recommend installing ACIP piles spaced closer than about 6 ft (clear spacing) on alternate days to reduce the risk of interference between adjacent piles. A drop in the grout level of a completed pile (commonly called "blowups") when installing an adjacent pile is an indication that the spacing between piles installed on the same day should be increased. An initial grout head should be developed at the bottom of excavation, prior to withdrawal of the auger. A positive pressure head of at least 5-feet of grout should be maintained at all times. We recommend that the initial 5-feet of grout be pumped prior to initial withdrawal of the auger, rather than over -pumping the initial five-foot increment. The number of pump strokes required to maintain the 5-feet of head should be determined during installation of the test reaction piles and can be visually monitored by observing the "grout return depth" upon removal of the auger. A grout return depth of 5 to 10 feet is generally considered acceptable. Grouting of the piles should continue until grout contaminated with soil cuttings has stopped flowing from the hole and uncontaminated Facilities 1 Environmental Geotechnical E Materials 11 Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 1 Corpus Christi, Texas July J.J., 2024 i Terracon Project No. CD245034 errrcon 7�NFp i77Rm S grout has completely filled the hole. The grout pressure should be monitored during El field grouting and maintained at a pressure between 350 to 500 psi to reduce the potential for grout necking and soil caving. The ACIP piles should include a reinforcement bar throughout their length. The need for a reinforcement cage near the surface will be up to the Structural Engineer. The pile reinforcement is inserted immediately after the pile excavation is grouted while the grout is still in a fluid / plastic state. Centering devices, such as steel footballs or plastic wheels, should be used to maintain the vertical alignment of the reinforcement during the installation. Where ACIP piles penetrate sandy soils, the moisture content of the plastic grout will immediately decrease after pumping due to the weight of the overhead grout column and permeability of the sand. It has been our experience that the installation of long reinforcing steel cages for ACIPs could be difficult due to the moisture migration from the grout into the sands and the grout stiffening. Consequently, consideration should be given to using a combination of a single rebar and a steel rebar cage in each ACIP pile and limiting the length of the steel rebar cage to about 20 to 25 feet. However, the length of the cage will also need to be sufficient under lateral pile loading conditions. The use of fine-grained sand and fly ash and the absence of pea- or larger -sized gravel in the grout mix will decrease the difficulties in inserting the reinforcing steel and reinforcing cages. To compensate for the loss of larger aggregate, the cement content in the grout mix needs to be increased. Sonic Integrity Logging and Pile Integrity Testing - A non-destructive technique currently available to observe completed ACIP piles is the Sonic Integrity Logger. We believe it is essential that a qualified geotechnical engineering firm experienced with ACIP piles observe the installation using sonic integrity logging to provide a higher degree of confidence that the piles are properly installed. Defects such as caving, necking or soil inclusions in the pile can be detected using sonic integrity logging. Use of the Sonic Integrity Logger at the start of construction to evaluate alternate installation procedures and to help establish an acceptable production pile installation procedure is particularly beneficial. We can provide literature and/or a demonstration of the sonic integrity logging equipment if requested. Performing sonic integrity testing on about 10 percent of the production piles should be sufficient to ascertain that the ACIP piles have been properly installed. Sonic integrity testing is typically performed at the beginning of pile installation and at about 1/3 and 2/3 completion points of pile installation. A second type of non-destructive testing applicable to ACIP piles is Pile Integrity Tester (PIT) testing. PIT testing may be employed for additional testing if an anomaly is suspected in the upper portion of the pile. Due to various limitations of PIT testing, this technique is not recommended as a replacement of the sonic logging, but rather as a supplement. Facilities j Environmental [ Geotechnical I Materials 12 Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure I Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 1 Terracon Project No. CD245034 liferrqcon NFo 7 7/ 014ED SET Load Testing - Varying installation methods and soil conditions can have an effect on the/2024 soil -pile interaction and capacity. We recommend that full scale pile load tests be performed to evaluate the actual ACIP pile capacities at this specific site. We recommend performing at least two load tests, both axial and lateral, per pile size. The piles for the load tests should extend to depths less than and similar to the proposed design depth of the piles at the site. Terracon should be involved in evaluating and selecting the appropriate depths for the test piles. The test piles should be tested to failure as defined by pile load test procedures. To help accommodate testing the pile to failure, the loading apparatus should be designed to reach a load of at least three times the estimated design load. Installation of test piles should be identical to planned production installation procedures. Prior to load testing, all test piles should be sonic logged and subjected to PIT tests. Observation - Production ACIP pile installation should be closely observed by a qualified technician experienced in ACIP pile installation. The installation sequence and technique should be observed to evaluate that ACIP pile installation is being performed in general accordance with project specifications. Shallow Foundations The shade structures may be supported on shallow foundations; however, they will need to have sufficient weight and embedment to resist the uplift and lateral Toads. Design Parameters - Spread Footings Item Bearing Stratum Net Allowable Bearing Pressure 1 Minimum Foundation Width Minimum embedment Approximate heave or total settlement Allowable passive pressure (FOS of 2) 2 Allowable coefficient of sliding friction (FOS of 2) Estimated Differential Settlement Description On -site soils 2,000 psf 30 inches 3 feet below existing grades About 1 inch 120 pcf, equivalent fluid density About 75 percent of total settlement 1. The maximum net allowable bearing pressure is the pressure in excess of the minimum surrounding overburden pressure at the footing base elevation. The net allowable bearing pressure provided above include a factor of safety of at least 3. 2. Use of passive earth resistance require the side of the excavation for the spread footing foundation to be nearly vertical and the concrete should be placed neat against these vertical faces for the passive earth pressure values to be valid. If the loaded side is sloped or benched, and then backfilled, the allowable passive pressure will be significantly reduced. Passive resistance in the upper 12 inches of the soil profile should be neglected. Facilities 1 Environmental I Geotechnical 1 Materials 113 Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure I Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 I Terracon Project No. CD245034 Irerrcon NFp The spread footings can provide some uplift resistance for those structures subjected t�2024SET wind or other induced structural loading. The uplift resistance of a spread footing may be computed using the effective weight of the soil above the spread footing along with the weight of the spread footing and structure. A soil unit weight of 120 pcf may be assumed for the soils placed above the footing, provided the fill is properly compacted. Foundation Construction Considerations As noted in Earthwork, the footing excavations should be evaluated under the observation of the Geotechnical Engineer. The base of all foundation excavations should be free of water and loose soil, prior to placing concrete. Concrete should be placed soon after excavating to reduce bearing soil disturbance. Care should be taken to prevent wetting or drying of the bearing materials during construction. Excessively wet or dry material or any loose/disturbed material in the bottom of the footing excavations should be removed/reconditioned before foundation concrete is placed. Sensitive soils exposed at the surface of footing excavations may require surficial compaction with hand-held dynamic compaction equipment prior to placing structural fill, steel, and/or concrete. Should surficial compaction not be adequate, construction of a working surface consisting of either crushed stone or a lean concrete mud mat may be required prior to the placement of reinforcing steel and construction of foundations. If unsuitable bearing soils are observed at the base of the planned footing excavation, the excavation should be extended deeper to suitable soils, and the footings could bear directly on these soils at the lower level or on lean concrete backfill placed in the excavations. The lean concrete replacement zone is illustrated on the sketch below. DESIGN FOOTING LEVEL RECOMMENDED EXCAVATION LEVEL LEAN CONCRETE BACKFILL NOTE: EXCAVATIONS ARE SHOWN VERTICAL. HOWEVER. THE SIDEWALLS SHOULD BE SLOPED AS NECESSARY FOR SAFETY Overexcavation for structural fill placement below footings should be conducted as shown below. The overexcavation should be backfilled up to the footing base elevation, with imported fill placed, as recommended in the Earthwork section. Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical ; Materials 14 Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure I Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 I Terracon Project No. CD245034 DESIGN FOOTING LEVEL 0-- RECOMMENDED EXCAVATION LEVEL OVER -EXCAVATION / BACKFILL ZONE NOTE: EXCAVATIONS ARE SHOWN VERTICAL. HOWEVER. THE SIDEWALLS SHOULD BE SLOPED AS NECESSARY FOR SAFETY Foundation Construction Monitoring i Terracon NpoR 77/79 2D SEl 0 The performance of the foundation system for the proposed structure will be highly dependent upon the quality of construction. Thus, we recommend that fill pad compaction and foundation installation be monitored full time by an experienced Terracon soil technician under the direction of our Geotechnical Engineer. During foundation installation, the base should be monitored to evaluate the condition of the subgrade. We would be pleased to develop a plan for compaction and foundation installation monitoring to be incorporated in the overall quality control program. Concrete design and placement should comply with the American Concrete Institute Concrete, ACI 336.1 Standard Specification for the Construction of Drilled Piers, and ACI 336.3R entitled Suggested Design and Construction Procedures for Pier Foundations. General Comments Our analysis and opinions are based upon our understanding of the project, the geotechnical conditions in the area, and the data obtained from our site exploration. Variations will occur between exploration point locations or due to the modifying effects of construction or weather. The nature and extent of such variations may not become evident until during or after construction. Terracon should be retained as the Geotechnical Engineer, where noted in this report, to provide observation and testing services during pertinent construction phases. If variations appear, we can provide further evaluation and supplemental recommendations. If variations are noted in the absence of our observation and testing services on -site, we should be immediately notified so that we can provide evaluation and supplemental recommendations. Our Scope of Services does not include either specifically or by implication any environmental or biological (e.g., mold, fungi, bacteria) assessment of the site or identification or prevention of pollutants, hazardous materials or conditions. If the owner Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical I Materiels 15 Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure [ Corpus Christi, Texas ierrra®n July 11, 2024 1 Terracon Project No. CD245034 NFOR MF is concerned about the potential for such contamination or pollution, other studies should20� SE? be undertaken. Our services and any correspondence are intended for the sole benefit and exclusive use of our client for specific application to the project discussed and are accomplished in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering practices with no third -party beneficiaries intended. Any third -party access to services or correspondence is solely for information purposes to support the services provided by Terracon to our client. Reliance upon the services and any work product is limited to our client and is not intended for third parties. Any use or reliance of the provided information by third parties is done solely at their own risk. No warranties, either express or implied, are intended or made. Site characteristics as provided are for design purposes and not to estimate excavation cost. Any use of our report in that regard is done at the sole risk of the excavating cost estimator as there may be variations on the site that are not apparent in the data that could significantly affect excavation cost. Any parties charged with estimating excavation costs should seek their own site characterization for specific purposes to obtain the specific level of detail necessary for costing, Site safety and cost estimating including excavation support and dewatering requirements/design are the responsibility of others. Construction and site development have the potential to affect adjacent properties. Such impacts can include damages due to vibration, modification of groundwater/surface water flow during construction, foundation movement due to undermining or subsidence from excavation, as well as noise or air quality concerns. Evaluation of these items on nearby properties are commonly associated with contractor means and methods and are not addressed in this report. The owner and contractor should consider a preconstruction/precondition survey of surrounding development. If changes in the nature, design, or location of the project are planned, our conclusions and recommendations shall not be considered valid unless we review the changes and either verify or modify our conclusions in writing. Facilities 1 Environmental 1 Geotechnical [ Materials 15 Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure I Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 I Terracon Project No. CD245034 Attachments Irerracon 77/79 0� SFt Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical I Materials Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure I Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 I Terracon Project No. CD245034 Exploration and Testing Procedures Field Exploration r Terracon CONPOR MED 7 7/ 7 9/2024 0 `SFl Number of Borings Approximate Boring Location Depth (feet) 2 (B-1 and B-2) 25 Future Shade Structure Boring Layout and Elevations: Terracon personnel provided the boring layout using handheld GPS equipment (estimated horizontal accuracy of about ±10 feet) and referencing existing site features. Subsurface Exploration Procedures: We advanced the soil borings with a truck -mounted drill rig using continuous flight augers (solid stem and/or hollow stem, as necessary, depending on soil conditions). Soils were sampled by means of split barrel sampling procedure. In the split barrel sampling procedure, a standard 2-inch outer diameter split barrel sampling spoon was driven into the ground by a 140-pound automatic hammer falling a distance of 30 inches. The number of blows required to advance the sampling spoon the last 12 inches of a normal 18-inch penetration was recorded as the Standard Penetration Test (SPT) resistance value. The samples were removed from the samplers in the field, visually classified, and appropriately sealed in sample containers to preserve in -situ moisture contents. We observed and recorded groundwater levels during drilling, coring and sampling. For safety purposes, all borings were backfilled with auger cuttings after their completion. Our exploration team prepared field boring logs as part of the drilling operations. The sampling depths, visual classification of the materials encountered, SPT values, pocket penetrometer readings, other pertinent sampling information were recorded on the field boring logs. Laboratory Testing Samples retrieved during the field exploration were taken to the laboratory for further observation by the project geotechnical engineer and were classified in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) described in this Appendix. At that time, the field descriptions were confirmed or modified as necessary and an applicable laboratory testing program was formulated to determine engineering properties of the subsurface materials. Laboratory tests were conducted on selected soil samples and the test results are presented in this appendix. The laboratory test results were used for the development of foundation and earthwork recommendations. Laboratory tests were performed in general Facilities I Environmental ( Geotechnical I Materials Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure I Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 i Terracon Project No. CD245034 r: err con INFO RN1ED accordance with the applicable ASTM, local or other accepted standards. Selected 7so7ii)/2024SFr samples obtained from the site were tested for the following engineering properties: Moisture Content ▪ Atterberg Limits ® Grain size analysis Final boring logs that were prepared represented the Geotechnical Engineer's interpretation of the field logs and include modifications based on observations and tests of the samples in our laboratory. Facilities 1 Environmental I Geotechnical 1 Materials Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure I Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 I Terracon Project No. CD245034 Site Location and Exploration Plans Contents: Site Location Plan Exploration Plan Note: All attachments are one page unless noted above. Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical I Materials Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure I Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 1 Terracon Project No. CD245034 Site Location Ferracon CONFOQ veb 17/19 0DSEl S Bluff Park Mary St Park Avc 1 O w 4ta Coleman Av r n Avpn c. Ave 40 BUtotd St•„ e Craig St W LA 4 'r 3 .r+ r • - Morgan Ave _ 0 E.7 so 0 ET vs lb ettabethSt 189,41 =' ? Spoh• i w ~ An Booty StCorpus Christi Shoreline ASS C' G+.'� w 190, Seale 4. Junior • High School rrnity Z - ool s q, Pie v ~%) s � i `Yy• e 'Sti r et the 0. h� ems+ Se`t\ Cole Park S' rv]t� f� 4� ♦ Historical Terracon Project �Ad O • P4a Off', 30 1• cAa "9`N yeot..441 de \ess. S` r e Gr try J i ire .tom � 3 h, �_,•, DIAGRAM IS FOR GENERAL LOCATION ONLY, AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES • Oct, • dryo �cnn s., ,c Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical 1 Materials Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure I Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 I Terracon Project No. CD245034 Exploration Plan irerracon CONFORMED SET Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical I Materials CONFORMED 7/7 g202SEA, Exploration and Laboratory Results Contents: Boring Logs (B-1 and B-2) Note: All attachments are one page unless noted above. 23041 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 2600 Ocean Drive Corpus Christi, TX Terracon Project No. CD245034 Boring Log No. B-1 ■ ca`cJr 1 3606//ew Rd Corp�oo4roT,Z( 7 7/7 /2o20 4 SET Graphic Log Location: See Exploration Plan Latitude: 27.7732° Longitude: -97.3889° Depth (Ft.) Depth (Ft.) I Water Level Observations T m a @ Field Test Results Water Content (%) rg � -.D v w m Percent Fines '0 11TOPSOIL, about 3 inches thick / _ — 5 - — — 10— -_' 15-- 20- — 2r X 2-3-4 N=7 15.3 SANDY LEAN CLAY (CL), gray to tan, medium stiff to stiff, (fill material) 6.0 X 5-8-6 N=14 20.8 X 4-5-618.4 N=11 30-20-10 54 -f' • SILTY SAND (SM), gray to tan, loose to medium dense -very loose from 8 to 13 feet 25.0 X 3-4-5 N = 9 24.2 X 1-2-1 24.2 NP 21 2-5-5 N=10 35.2 X N=4 2-1-3 24.4 N=13 267 X 25.9 NP 19 Boring Terminated at 25 Feet See Exploration and Testing Procedures for a description of field and laboratory procedures used and additional data (If any). See Supporting Information for explanation of symbols and abbreviations. Notes Water Level Observations v While drilling m At completion of drilling Advancement Method Hollow Stem Auger Abandonment Method Boring backfilled with auger cuttings upon completion. Drill Rig CME 75 Hammer Type Automatic Driller Craig Logged by Luke K. Boring Started 06-28-2024 Boring Completed 06-28-2024 Facilities 1 Environmental 1 Geotechnical Materials 23041 Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 2600 Ocean Drive 1 Corpus Christi, TX Terracon Project No. CD245034 Boring Log No. B-2 ■ Itr r cM.VI 3606 Wow Rd Coriu/ti TX 4 Graphic Log Location: See Exploration Plan Latitude: 27.7731° Longitude: -97.3886° Depth (Ft.) Depth (Ft.) I Water Level Observations Sample Type I Field Test Results Water Content (%) Atterberg Limits Percent Fines LL-PL-PI :J•% � ''. . ' CLAYEY SAND (SC), tan, medium dense to dense, (fill material) — — — S — — _ - 10_ 0 -small layer of concrete from 3 to 4 feet, possible concrete pad footings 6.0 X 534 20.0 3 5 30 N 35 17.0 47-17-30 40 10-12-12 N24 X 9'7 ' • , . .• • . SILTY SAND (SM), tan to light gray, loose to medium dense, thin clay seems 20.0 2N 3=52 47.0 1N 2 2 =4 X 22.9 — 15- - 20- — 2 3-2-5 X 26.6 NP 9 5 6 5 N=11 X 29.3 "7/' !> _A CLAYEY SAND (CL), dark gray, medium dense 25.0 5-7-8 N=15 X 28.2 Boring Terminated at 25 Feet See Exploration and Testing Procedures for a description of field and laboratory procedures used and additional data (If any). See Supporting Information for explanation of symbols and abbreviations. Notes Water Level Observations While drilling m At completion of drilling Advancement Method Hollow Stern Auger Abandonment Method Boring backfilled with auger cuttings upon completion. Drill Rig CME 75 Hammer Type Automatic Driller Craig Logged by Luke K. Boring Started 06-28-2024 Boring Completed 06-28-2024 Facilities I Environmental i Geotechnical ! Muteriais CONFORMED 7/7 g202SEA, Supporting Information Contents: General Notes Unified Soil Classification System Note: All attachments are one page unless noted above. Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical I Materials Sampling IShelby Tube Split Spoon General Notes TiTe7.177/07,9/44n2 3606 WowTxCorpus Christi,TXo� sEt Water Level Field Tests Water Initially Encountered Water Level After a Specified Period of Time Water Level After a Specified Period of Time Cave In Encountered Water levels indicated on the soil boring logs are the levels measured in the borehole at the times indicated. Groundwater level variations will occur over time. In low permeability soils, accurate determination of groundwater levels is not possible with short term water level observations. N Standard Penetration Test Resistance (Blows/Ft.) (HP) Hand Penetrometer (T) Torvane (DCP) Dynamic Cone Penetrometer UC Unconfined Compressive Strength (PID) Photo -Ionization Detector (OVA) Organic Vapor Analyzer Descriptive Soil Classification Soil classification as noted on the soil boring logs is based Unified Soil Classification System. Where sufficient laboratory data exist to classify the soils consistent with ASTM D2487 "Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes" this procedure is used. ASTM D2488 "Description and Identification of Soils (Visual -Manual Procedure)" is also used to classify the soils, particularly where insufficient laboratory data exist to classify the soils in accordance with ASTM D2487. In addition to USCS classification, coarse grained soils are classified on the basis of their in -place relative density, and fine-grained soils are classified on the basis of their consistency. See "Strength Terms" table below for details. The ASTM standards noted above are for reference to methodology in general. In some cases, variations to methods are applied as a result of local practice or professional judgment. Location And Elevation Notes Exploration point locations as shown on the Exploration Plan and as noted on the soil boring logs in the form of Latitude and Longitude are approximate. See Exploration and Testing Procedures in the report for the methods used to locate the exploration points for this project. Surface elevation data annotated with +/- indicates that no actual topographical survey was conducted to confirm the surface elevation. Instead, the surface elevation was approximately determined from topographic maps of the area. Strength Terms Relative Density of Coarse -Grained Soils Consistency of Fine -Grained Soils (More than 50% retained on No. 200 sieve.) Density determined by Standard Penetration Resistance Relative Density Standard Penetration or N-Value (Blows/Ft.) (50% or more passing the No. 200 sieve.) Consistency determined by laboratory shear strength testing, field visual -manual procedures or standard penetration resistance Consistency Unconfined Compressive Strength Standard Penetration or Qu (tsf) N-Value _ _ (Blows/Ft.) Very Loose Loose Medium Dense Dense Very Dense 0-3 4-9 10-29 30-50 > 50 Very Soft Soft Medium Stiff Stiff Very Stiff Hard less than 0.25 0.25 to 0.50 0.50 to 1.00 1.00 to 2.00 2.00 to 4.00 > 4.00 0-1 2-4 4-8 8-15 15-30 > 30 Relevance of Exploration and Laboratory Test Results Exploration/field results and/or laboratory test data contained within this document are intended for application to the project as described in this document. Use of such exploration/field results and/or laboratory test data should not be used independently of this document. Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical I Materials Geotechnical Engineering Report Cole Park Plaza Shade Structure 1 Corpus Christi, Texas July 11, 2024 1 Terracon Project No. CD245034 Unified Soil Classification System Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and Group Names Using Laboratory Tests Coarse -Grained Soils: More than 50% retained on No. 200 sieve Fine -Grained Soils: 50% or more passes the No. 200 sieve Gravels: More than 50% of coarse fraction retained on No. 4 sieve Sands: 50% or more of coarse fraction passes No. 4 sieve Silts and Clays: Liquid limit less than 50 Silts and Clays: Liquid limit 50 or more Clean Gravels: Less than 5% fines c Gravels with Fines: More than 12% fines c Clean Sands: Less than 5% fines D Sands with Fines: More than 12% fines ° Inorganic: Organic: Inorganic: Organic: Cu>_4 and 15Cc53 E Cu<4 and/or [Cc<1 or Cc>3.0] E Fines classify as ML or MH Fines classify as CL or CH Cu>_6 and 1<_Cc5_3 E Cu<6 and/or [Cc<1 or Cc>3.0] E Fines classify as ML or MH Fines classify as CL or CH PI > 7 and plots above "A" line' PI < 4 or plots below "A" line' LL oven dried < 0.75 LL not dried PI plots on or above "A" line PI plots below "A" line LL oven dried < 0.75 LL not dried Highly organic soils: Primarily organic matter, dark in color, and organic odor A Based on the material passing the 3-inch (75-mm) sieve. B If field sample contained cobbles or boulders, or both, add "with cobbles or boulders, or both" to group name. c Gravels with 5 to 12% fines require dual symbols: GW-GM well - graded gravel with silt, GW-GC well -graded gravel with clay, GP -GM poorly graded gravel with silt, GP -GC poorly graded gravel with clay. ° Sands with 5 to 12% fines require dual symbols: SW-SM well - graded sand with silt, SW -SC well -graded sand with clay, SP-SM poorly graded sand with silt, SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay. E CU = D60/D10 CC = (D.)2 Do x F If soil contains > 15% sand, add "with sand" to group name. G If fines classify as CL-ML, use dual symbol GC -GM, or SC-SM. Soil Group Symbol GW GP GM GC SW SP SM SC CL ML OL CH MH OH PT Classification Group Name u Well -graded gravel F Poorly graded gravel Silty gravel F, 0, H Clayey gravel P. G. H Well -graded sand I Poorly graded sand I Silty sand G, H, I Clayey sand G. H. I Lean clay K, L. M Silt K, L, M Organic clay K, L, M, N Organic silt A. L, ° Fat clay K, L, M Elastic silt K, L, M Organic clay K, L, M, ° Organic silt K, L, M, Q Peat "If fines are organic, add "with organic fines" to group name. If soil contains >_ 15% gravel, add "with gravel" to group name. ' If Atterberg limits plot in shaded area, soil is a CL-ML, silty clay. K If soil contains 15 to 29% plus No. 200, add "with sand" or "with gravel," whichever is predominant. L If soil contains >_ 30% plus No. 200 predominantly sand, add "sandy" to group name. "If soil contains >_ 30% plus No. 200, predominantly gravel, add "gravelly" to group name. N PI >_ 4 and plots on or above "A" line. ° PI < 4 or plots below "A" line. ° PI plots on or above "A" line. Q PI plots below "A" line. PLASTICITY INDEX (PI) 60 For classification of fine-grained soils and fine-grained fraction 50 of coarse -grained soils Equation of "A" - line Horizontal at PI=4 to LL=25.5. 40 — then PI=0.73 (LL-20) Equation of "U" - line Vertical at LL=16 to PI=7, 30 then PI=0.9 (LL-8) 20 10 7 4 0 0 CL - ML ML or OL MH or OH 10 16 20 30 40 50 60 70 LIQUID LIMIT (LL) 80 90 100 110 Facilities I Environmental I Geotechnical Materials 03/18/2024 Co N m 03 VtiOm o,Omm c• cn 3 6-3 Co -A o10 Cm yo DATE 90I Z00SZ0Z # S9171 BY dVVV ,ILINI3IAI MOVED "NOT FOR REGULATORY, APPROVAL, PERMITTING, OR CONSTRUCTION' DESCRIPTION COLE PARK PLAZA SHADE STRUCTURE 1906 OCEAN DR, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78404 TITLE, INDEX AND LOCATION MAP REVISION NO. DATE BY CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Deportment of Engineering Services Ijnhee -. Io co mrn cn-'w)5'3iv--m cmi z m 2mmmm8181 1pm1-� OXrrrrmoz tiFrinm _r , y nnnnn)yOF OCmr` 0 Z Z1 A A A = r A __ z 'zFr Z�zoc)ams< ya y �c m � z 0 D[Az I10 -0 y i IT1 r IZ*l - y v CO r 2 Z Z G'=z z vz, 0 0='' Mc = m mN m r Oq R.po_ m q A c ao r.0 0 -< a a o N ti m m o 0 O O DESCRIPTION O p O O o n o 13 ava11'a (3( I l l 1 1 Co N o iOIa (10,1 310338 'ON 133HS DATE S1N31/113111(10321 ,01,1N1 - OW. 1,4,11, BY DESCRIPTION NOLLVIIISNI 9NISGS COLE PARK PLAZA SHADE STRUCTURE 1906 OCEAN DR. CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78404 GENERAL INFORMATION INFORMATION & GENERAL NOTES 1,1"11,N,LIV.10 SNO(11. U.. S11.0, .140..O.CISOW 911..1-1 Al..1101,11V APPLICABLE CODES & STANDARDS `e7i' '77 2 4 REVISION NO. 1-11,1,1,4 NO 1131SVId 11,1 J1,1,, JO N, JOVHS,,N,11-1,1.,, :44 3.1.VM13.1.1tl DATE :S31VNI:1311V BY tgt eg. • g77 EWE -1118, c7, USES AND CONSTRUCTION TYPES g 1 1144 ANn .NOSVIN 31310NO3 g yr, '-:s...2`gg,g '-g.'g's.g'g',7,.•, Vi`i' g gqz " gm,=2 gggggg'21 9 -7,, 7,7 ,, ggg. 73 .8., ggl ii 8 P >IA N9IS, 1N31,43,1d !JD,. ON,N31,13.10JNI.,,SNI CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services DESCRIPTION 0 a gi.< pi , 08 -ii, ;,.,,, N 277 ;IA lot i I 01 < gs, c gg g-, ril , 0 > l'S aN3931 109IAIAS 1V11131VIN :A110133111a INV31 1331011d - DATE BY I I N9N 12; MIN't z• ----- - --- I I -11z"r r I TRE CH DESCRIPTION COLE PARK PLAZA SHADE STRUCTURE 1906 OCEAN DR. CORPUS C HRISTI, TX 78404 DEMOLITION SITE PLAN REVISION NO. DATE BY CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services g3HSI !CANT, 38 01,210 :CIN3931 NO111100130 DESCRIPTION gi .18 13 < Tr% DALE z BY DESCRIPTION COLE PARK PLAZA SHADE STRUCTURE 1906 OCEAN DR. CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78404 SITE PLAN REVISION N0. DATE 1 BY CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services `a C 1 DESCRIPTION 0 DATE irirrerorrini,r, r ------— BY DESCRIPTION COLE PARK PLAZA SHADE STRUCTURE 1906 OCEAN DR. CORPUS C HRISTI. TX 78404 FLOOR PLAN AND ELEVATIONS LI !Ma 1.11:11 REVISION NO. DATE rGn1 m BY CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services ;;286824,382233828-2-3 82-,33223,2',2 DESCRIPTION 0 -' 17-f1 IP N z ril < 111 0, _ 2 =S3HSINIJ 321f113f1211S 3 IVHS :S310N 1V213N39 DALE BY DESCRIPTION REVISION N0. DATE BY DESCRIPTION COLE PARK PLAZA SHADE STRUCTURE 1906 OCEAN DR. CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78404 SHADE STRUCTURE —FINISH OPTIONS CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services WOD dpOD .101 lkz. M LED LIGHTING FIXTURE. LL 2' I ED I IGHTING FIXTURE. 0' I L. X a' LED LIGHTING FIXTURE. I I LED STRIP LIGHTING FIXTURES. o .22LI LL STAGGERED STRIP LIGHTING FIXTURE. O El 0 L LED DOWNLIGHT FIXTURE. 40 10F75 MliII,GEM0XILEF•ED EXIT SIGN. ARROWS AS irJoicaTeo. SHADED AREA °L° \\AL MONT FIXTURES ON WITH BAUER,' BACKUP. SITE LIGHTING FIXTURE. COMMUNICATIONS 'N°I°1ETSFLIOTESDHELL'BILL agr°0.1O'C=SFIVLHUED=LTITILITILOTT'OFLIDIFEL0M0 THE FOLLOWING NOTATIONS REFER TO ALL CONIONICATIONS OUTLETS "FAY" DENOTES OUTLET DEDICATED FOR A FAX, DENOTESINALL PHONE SHALL BE MOUNTED, A.F.F. MAY" DENOTES DAY PHONE SHALL RE LIOUNTED OD" A.F.F. • FRO0 IDE LI 1111, X 0 1 1/1 6" F.2 OM METAL SOMINITH 1-112" CO.111T STUBBED -LOT ABOVE ACCESSIBLE DEMING OR RCULIED TO CARLE TRAY OR COLLIAILIIICATION ROOM NUMBER INDICATES QUANTITY OF CAT-6 CABLES WITH 2 RAF CONNECTORS. ElVOID EIDATA FLOOR OUTLET ROUTED AS INDICATED ABOVE. NUMBER INDICATES QUANTITY OF CAT-6 CABLES WITH RJ05 CONNECTORS L• A,10Iig0ILEITIL OUTLET 0,2HoNE so.,0x RECEPTA=VVI-FPL'9FNE B'LXC°0‘NNECTORS • A LIFILIAR, FLOOR OUTLET, AN° INDICATES WALL MOULTFED g VOLUILIE COILITROL g FIBER OUTLET B INTER COLILIUNICATION SXSTEM HANDSET. 2.2 A12200,2 pAme LIULTIOEDIA A, CONNECTIONS EMI INTERCOM El WIRELESS ACCESS POINT El CARD READER El OUTDOOR SIGNAL ANTENNA El INDOOR SION, ANTENNA El CELL SIGNAL BOOSTER SECURITY SAFE DOOR CONTACT? HEAT THERMAL 1=1 CE"LLRITX OFNEL I=1 GENERAL PAGING SYSTEM SECURITY MOTION SENSOR 0 MOTION DETECTOR DOOR CONTACTOR ROUGHLIN MPH CONDUIT LLO ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS ABOVE CEILING. CARD READER ROUGH IN WITH CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS ABOVE CEILING. /EI°0 CAMERA i=1 MAGNETIC LOCK ELECTRONIC HINGE ELECTRONIC STRIKE I(0° PUSHBUTTON 1 P-- BY DESCRIPTION REV610,1 NO. DATE BY 1LEVY 'DYKEMA n F. n 3 : SHEET 7 of 13 RECORD DRAWING NO. CP-290 COLE PARK PLAZA SHADE STRUCTURE .06 OCEAN DP, CORP US CHRISTI, TX 76,10.4 it .77.-E CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Deportment of Engineering Services tikeD t‘V°11 stl 4 -\11'\92°'1 CONSULTANT'S SHEET E001 PROJECT N0.20-23046 09/2U4 g027 14)4,,,N.50:4 1fiVQ..1. ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS 10 00 mpF11",yi" '@-,14E-m°,g5H-Eigulp7 'IiAUn BY 2pm4upivwq rj DESCRIPTION COLE PARK PLAZA SHADE STRUCTURE .06 OCEAN 0 R, CORP US CHRISTI, TX 7640.1 ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS Frlql t-S1-Tr:1 REV 610,I NO. BY CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Deportment of Engineering Services DESCRIPTION SNOL1VIA3199V 0 rig DATE BY 0 Ej DESCRIPTION COLE PARK PLAZA SHADE STRUCTURE ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN - WHITE LIGHTING ONLY 303 (3 0 IuGE 303 (3) 303 (3) 333 (3) 333 (3) 3011 (3) UGE�UGE REV 610N NO. DATE UGE---___UGE goon UGE- _.._G.I_m ci_ UGE 2.4 COMM COMM— c.. UGCUGE(E) UGE' UC% G /n 1 ❑N —(E) UGE (E) UGE (E) UGE (E) UGE (E) UGEJ BY CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Deportment of Engineering Services DESCRIPTION rr MEI PM z DATE BY DESCRIPTION COLE PARK PLAZA SHADE STRUCTURE ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN 3 a o o REV 610N NO. DATE BY F. CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Deportment of Engineering Services DESCRIPTION MEI PM z DATE BY ®0 0000 PANEL' LP' EXISTING 1C0 NOR 120/2.aw, SM. SURFACE, N.A KAIc LOoSERVED )=ESE. E I ='I',St I igNR E I I LOAD =EwJED I ° o mmmm 9 g mmm mm a °fir - - - L 00 0 0 COLE PARK PLAZA SHADE STRUCTURE .06 OCEAN DR, CORP US CHRISTI, TX 76404 ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE, SCHEDULE & CONTROL DIAGRAM aevswry NO. DATE BY CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Deportment of Engineering Services DESCRMM cot OG rti DATE BY 0 0 0 0 DESCRIPTION COLE PARK PLAZA SHADE STRUCTURE .06 OCEAN DP, CORP US CHRISTI, TX 76,10.4 EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE CABINET DETAILS 0 REV6gN N0. o O 00 OF zF r m c= o m m a � - n�A DATE BY CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Deportment of Engineering Services DESCRIPTION coo OG rti ■I•PM z DATE BY DESCRIPTION COLE PARK PLAZA SHADE STRUCTURE .06 OCEAN OR, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78404 COMMUNICATIONS SITE PLAN REV 6101,1 NO. DATE BY CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Deportment of Engineering Services DESCRIPTION